Framework for understanding marine ecosystem health · Clements (1916, 1936) viewed the climax of...

27
MARINE ECOLOGY PROGRESS SERIES Mar Ecol Prog Ser Vol. 494: 1–27, 2013 doi: 10.3354/meps10539 Published December 4 © Inter-Research and The Crown 2013 · www.int-res.com *Email: [email protected] FEATURE ARTICLE: REVIEW Framework for understanding marine ecosystem health P. Tett 1, *, R. J. Gowen 2 , S. J. Painting 3 , M. Elliott 4 , R. Forster 3 , D. K. Mills 3 , E. Bresnan 5 , E. Capuzzo 3 , T. F. Fernandes 6 , J. Foden 3 , R. J. Geider 7 , L. C. Gilpin 8 , M. Huxham 8 , A. L. McQuatters-Gollop 9 , S. J. Malcolm 3 , S. Saux-Picart 10 , T. Platt 10 , M.-F. Racault 10 , S. Sathyendranath 10 , J. van der Molen 3 , M. Wilkinson 6 1 Scottish Association for Marine Science, Scottish Marine Institute, Oban, Argyll PA37 1QA, UK 2 Agri-Food and Biosciences Institute, Newforge Lane, Belfast BT9 5PX, UK 3 Centre for Environment, Fisheries and Aquaculture Science, Pakefield Road, Lowestoft, Suffolk NR33 0HT, UK 4 Institute of Estuarine and Coastal Studies, University of Hull, Hull HU6 7RX, UK 5 Marine Scotland Science, Marine Laboratory, PO Box 101, 375 Victoria Road, Aberdeen AB11 9DB, UK 6 School of Life Sciences, Heriot-Watt University, Riccarton, Edinburgh EH14 4AS, UK 7 School of Biological Sciences, University of Essex, Wivenhoe Park, Colchester CO4 3SQ, UK 8 School of Life, Sport & Social Science, Edinburgh Napier University, Edinburgh EH11 4BN, UK 9 Sir Alister Hardy Foundation for Ocean Sciences, The Laboratory, Citadel Hill, Plymouth PL1 2PB, UK 10 Plymouth Marine Laboratory, Prospect Place, The Hoe, Plymouth PL1 3DH, UK ABSTRACT: Although the terms ‘health’ and ‘healthy’ are often applied to marine ecosystems and communi- cate information about holistic condition (e.g. as re- quired by the Ecosystem Approach), their meaning is unclear. Ecosystems have been understood in various ways, from non-interacting populations of species to complex integrated systems. Health has been seen as a metaphor, an indicator that aggregates over system components, or a non-localized emergent system prop- erty. After a review, we define good ecosystem health as: ‘the condition of a system that is self-maintaining, vigorous, resilient to externally imposed pressures, and able to sustain services to humans. It contains healthy organisms and populations, and adequate functional diversity and functional response diversity. All expected trophic levels are present and well interconnected, and there is good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems.’ We equate this condition with good ecological or envi- ronmental status, e.g. as referred to by recent EU Direc- tives. Resilience is central to health, but difficult to measure directly. Ecosystems under anthropogenic pressure are at risk of losing resilience, and thus of suf- fering regime shifts and loss of services. For monitoring whole ecosystems, we propose an approach based on ‘trajectories in ecosystem state space’, illustrated with time-series from the northwestern North Sea. Change is visualized as Euclidian distance from an arbitrary reference state. Variability about a trend in distance is used as a proxy for inverse resilience. We identify the need for institutional support for long time-series to underpin this approach, and for research to establish state space co-ordinates for systems in good health. Changes in the northern North Sea, 1958–2008, plotted in a state space defined by the breeding success of kitti- wakes, abundance of copepods Calanus spp., and simu- lated annual primary production. Image: P. Tett, Photos: R. Gowen (kittiwakes), D. Altin, BioTrix (Calanus spp.) KEY WORDS: Ecosystem approach · Functional and response biodiversity · Resilience · State space · Re- gime shift · EU Marine strategy Framework Directive Resale or republication not permitted without written consent of the publisher FREE REE ACCESS CCESS

Transcript of Framework for understanding marine ecosystem health · Clements (1916, 1936) viewed the climax of...

MARINE ECOLOGY PROGRESS SERIESMar Ecol Prog Ser

Vol 494 1ndash27 2013doi 103354meps10539

Published December 4

copy Inter-Research and The Crown 2013 middot wwwint-rescomEmail paultettsamsacuk

FEATURE ARTICLE REVIEW

Framework for understanding marine ecosystem health

P Tett1 R J Gowen2 S J Painting3 M Elliott4 R Forster3 D K Mills3 E Bresnan5 E Capuzzo3 T F Fernandes6 J Foden3 R J Geider7 L C Gilpin8 M Huxham8

A L McQuatters-Gollop9 S J Malcolm3 S Saux-Picart10 T Platt10 M-F Racault10 S Sathyendranath10 J van der Molen3 M Wilkinson6

1Scottish Association for Marine Science Scottish Marine Institute Oban Argyll PA37 1QA UK2Agri-Food and Biosciences Institute Newforge Lane Belfast BT9 5PX UK

3Centre for Environment Fisheries and Aquaculture Science Pakefield Road Lowestoft Suffolk NR33 0HT UK4Institute of Estuarine and Coastal Studies University of Hull Hull HU6 7RX UK

5Marine Scotland Science Marine Laboratory PO Box 101 375 Victoria Road Aberdeen AB11 9DB UK6School of Life Sciences Heriot-Watt University Riccarton Edinburgh EH14 4AS UK

7School of Biological Sciences University of Essex Wivenhoe Park Colchester CO4 3SQ UK8School of Life Sport amp Social Science Edinburgh Napier University Edinburgh EH11 4BN UK

9Sir Alister Hardy Foundation for Ocean Sciences The Laboratory Citadel Hill Plymouth PL1 2PB UK10Plymouth Marine Laboratory Prospect Place The Hoe Plymouth PL1 3DH UK

ABSTRACT Although the terms lsquohealthrsquo and lsquohealthyrsquoare often applied to marine ecosystems and communi-cate information about holistic condition (eg as re-quired by the Ecosystem Approach) their meaning isunclear Ecosystems have been understood in variousways from non-interacting populations of species tocomplex integrated systems Health has been seen as ametaphor an indicator that aggregates over systemcomponents or a non-localized emergent system prop-erty After a review we define good ecosystem healthas lsquothe condition of a system that is self-maintainingvigorous resilient to externally imposed pressures andable to sustain services to humans It contains healthyorganisms and populations and adequate functionaldiversity and functional response diversity All expectedtrophic levels are present and well interconnected andthere is good spatial connectivity amongst subsystemsrsquoWe equate this condition with good ecological or envi-ronmental status eg as referred to by recent EU Direc-tives Resilience is central to health but difficult tomeasure directly Ecosystems under anthropogenicpressure are at risk of losing resilience and thus of suf-fering regime shifts and loss of services For monitoringwhole ecosystems we propose an approach based onlsquotrajectories in ecosystem state spacersquo illustrated withtime-series from the northwestern North Sea Changeis visualized as Euclidian distance from an arbitrary reference state Variability about a trend in distance isused as a proxy for inverse resilience We identify theneed for institutional support for long time-series to underpin this approach and for research to establishstate space co-ordinates for systems in good health

Changes in the northern North Sea 1958ndash2008 plotted ina state space defined by the breeding success of kitti-wakes abundance of copepods Calanus spp and simu-lated annual primary production

Image P Tett Photos R Gowen (kittiwakes) D Altin BioTrix (Calanus spp)

KEY WORDS Ecosystem approach middot Functional and response biodiversity middot Resilience middot State space middot Re -gime shift middot EU Marine strategy Framework Directive

Resale or republication not permitted without written consent of the publisher

FREEREE ACCESSCCESS

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

INTRODUCTION

Marine ecosystems provide services that lead to so-cietal benefits (Atkins et al 2011 Barbier et al 2012)Three common strategies aim to protect these servicesagainst anthropogenic pressures One conserves keyorganisms and habitats one protects against distur-bance and one manages resource exploitation Thesestrategies however often neglect the interactionsamongst ecosystem components which in some casesameliorate pressure effects In other cases the effectsmultiply leading to major disturbances to marine foodwebs and their use by humans (Fogarty amp Murawski1998 Jackson et al 2001 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010)

The need for integrated environmental managementis recognized in the lsquoEcosystem Approachrsquo and theidea that ecosystems can have an optimal or healthystate is beginning to be used as a goal for holistic man-agement appearing in the marine environmental pro-tection laws of several nations (Table S1 in Supplement 1all supplements at www int-res com articles supplm494 p001_ supp pdf) However it has been arguedthat this idea lsquois based on controversial value-basedassumptions that masquerade as sciencersquo (Lackey 2001p 437) Crucial aspects of health have been presentedin terms of metaphors such as those of stability land-scapes (Holling 1973 Scheffer et al 2001) rather thanquantitative theories Proposed holistic methodologieshave focussed on the diagnosis of ecosystem patholo-gies (McLusky amp Elliott 2004) or of undesirable distur-bance (Tett et al 2007) rather than the identification ofhealthy states or the good status required for exampleby recent EU Directives (Borja et al 2010) Thus thereis a need to clarify what is meant by lsquogood ecosystemhealthrsquo and to develop methods for assessing it

The present article originated in workshops thathad been tasked with developing a sound scientificbasis for evaluating the overall status of UK marinewaters as required by EU Directives The article in -cludes a selective review of the literature relevant toecosystem health a glossary of key terms (Box 1)and a proposed method for tracking change in thestate of marine ecosystems by means of plots in statespace We exemplify the method with data from theNorth Sea but believe it to be of general applicability

REVIEW OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Nature of ecosystems and aims of management

Building on Tansley (1935) Lindeman (1942) de -fined an ecosystem as a lsquosystem composed of physi-

cal-chemical-biological processes active within aspace-time unit of any magnitude ie the biotic com-munity plus its abiotic environment rsquo This definitionis widely accepted but a continuing debate concernsthe processes Do they belong to the system or to itscomponents Is there such a thing as an ecosystemor is the word merely a label for a human-delineatedcollection of species and habitats

Clements (1916 1936) viewed the climax of terres-trial vegetation and its associated animals as lsquoa com-plex organism inseparably connected with its climateand often continental in extentrsquo (Clements 1936p 253) and possessing ontogeny and phylogenyOdum (1969) considered that ecological successionculminated in a stabilized ecosystem that maximisedbiomass information content and symbiotic interac-tions amongst organisms for a given energy fluxMoss (2008) argued that what he called ecosystems(but which might be better seen as biomes) haveevolved through the natural selection of componentspecies to become optimal systems for the use of nat-ural resources In contrast Gleason (1926) held thatterrestrial floras were no more than contingent asso-ciations of species that had been selected by the spe-ciesrsquo environmental requirements and their abilitiesto disperse Davis amp Slobodkin (2004) denied thatecosystems existed as lsquosome integrated entity hellip thatgrows lives reproduces and dies or can be injuredor healedrsquo (p 1) However Winterhalder et al (2004)argued that lsquobiotic communities and ecological sys-tems hellip do show a very high degree of integration orldquocoher encyrdquo in their responses to perturbations ofvarious kindsrsquo (p 5) If integration exists a likelyexplanation is that the biota contribute to the lsquoecolog-ical theatrersquo in which they act out the lsquoevolutionaryplayrsquo (Hutchinson 1965 Post amp Palkovacs 2009) andso co-evolve (Urban amp Skelly 2006 Johnson amp Stinch-combe 2007)

A related debate concerns stability in ecosystems(Holling 1973 Botkin 1990 Cuddington 2001Gowen et al 2012) Are natural systems in balanceand do they tend to return to that balance if per-turbed Or are they intrinsically and perhaps unpre-dictably variable If pristine ecosystems tendtowards a balance of organisms the goal of environ-mental protection seems clear to ensure that (com-mensurate with human aspirations) communities areassisted towards or maintained at their ecologicalclimaxes If in stead ecosystems are lsquoopen complexand dynamic systems that are characteristically tran-sient and un stablersquo (Spieles 2010 referring to Botkin1990) as evidence increasingly suggests then thegoal of ecosystem management (as opposed to the

2

Tett et al Ecosystem health 3

Attractor a point or repeating trajectory in state space towhich a system tends

Autopoiumletic [a] self-making or self-maintaining [system](Varela amp Maturana 1980)

Basin of attraction lsquoa region in state space in which thesystem tends to remainrsquo (Walker et al 2004 p 3)

Biodiversity the phenotypic variability amongst organ-isms within an ecosystem and the genetic basis of thatvariability cf lsquoincludes diversity within speciesbetween species and of ecosystemsrsquo (Article 2 Conven-tion on Biological Diversity 1992 wwwcbdintconven-tiontextdefaultshtml)

Biome lsquoa distinctive combination of plants and animals ina fully developed or climax community characterizedby a uniform life form of vegetation [and including]developmental stagesrsquo (Smith 1992) extended to refer tothe combination expected under particular ecohydro -dynamic conditions

Community the biota in an ecosystem as distinct from theabiotic environment ie the organisms or species andthe trophic links amongst them

Compliance the ratio of ecosystem state change to (exter-nal) pressure change (Fig 3) the inverse of resistance(to pressure) in the elasticity analogue for resilience(Supplement 6)

Complex (a system with) sufficient components and inter-actions to exhibit emergent properties or behavioursuch as non-linearity homeostasis or autopoiumlesis oftenas a result of nested sub-systems (hierarchy) and feed-back loops

Connectance lsquothe fraction of all possible links that arerealized in a [trophic] networkrsquo (Dunne et al 2002)

Connectivity refers to spatial links allowing exchanges ofindividuals or genetic materials amongst meta-popula-tions (Steneck amp Wilson 2010) and of materials andenergy amongst habitats or sub-regions within an eco-system (Dakos et al 2010)

CPR Continuous Plankton Recorder towed by ships ofopportunity to sample plankton (Richardson et al 2006)

Domain a defined region in [an ecosystem] state space

DPSIR acronym for Driver (within society)-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (within society) paradigm originallyby Luiten (1999) updated by Atkins et al (2011)

Ecohydrodynamic the physical conditions that select forspecies and communities in the sea including waterdepth stirring and stratifying tendencies light penetra-tion and sediment type (Tett et al 2007)

Ecological quality ratio the ratio (between 0 and 1) of thevalue of an ecological indicator to the value under goodconditions

Ecological status lsquoan expression of the quality of the struc-ture and functioning of aquatic ecosystems associatedwith surface watersrsquo (WFD article 221 amp Annex V)

Ecosystem lsquothe system composed of the physical-chemi-cal-biological processes active within a space-time unitof any magnitude ie the biotic community plus its abiotic environmentrsquo (Lindeman 1942 p 400)

Emergent property (system) behaviors that cannot beidentified through functional decomposition (Johnson2006) and that are more than the sum of the systemrsquosparts even if explicable in terms of within-system pro-cesses (OrsquoConnor amp Wong 2009)

Empirical (conceptualization of ecosystem health) a viewof ecosystems as the sum of their parts and hence able tobe simulated by mechanistic models cf systemic

Empirical model a model that even if theory-based hasits parameter values adjusted to best fit simulations toobservations cf mechanistic model

Endogenous (pressure) generated within the local social-ecological system and hence susceptible to local man-agement in contrast exogenous pressures are exter-nally generated and local management can only dealwith the consequences (Elliott 2011)

Environment (1) the abiotic component of an ecosystem(cf community) (2) what lies outside a given system

ERSEM European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model amechanistic model for marine ecosystems includingpelagic and benthic components (Baretta et al 1995Baretta-Bekker amp Baretta 1997)

Euclidian distance the scalar distance between 2 points instate space calculated from the square root of the sum ofsquares of the distance along each axis

External description (of a system) properties of the systemthat characterize its holistic behavior when seen fromoutside

Functional-group diversity the sets of species (or compo-nents of biodiversity) responsible for ecosystem func-tions the sets correspond to benthic guilds or pelagiclifeforms

Functional-response diversity biodiversity contributing todifferent responses to environmental change within afunctional group

GES Good Environmental Status as defined in Article 35of the MSFD which includes the requirement that lsquothestructure functions and processes of the constituentmarine ecosystems allow those ecosystems to functionfully and to maintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo

GETM General Estuarine Transport Model (wwwgetmeu)a hydrodynamic model designed for use in shelf seasincluding those with significant intertidal areas

Granularity the existence nature and scale of spatialpatchiness within an ecosystem

Hierarchy (or hierarchical system) arrangements where bysystems contain subsystems the emergent properties ofthe latter contribute to the functioning of the main sys-tem which provides boundary conditions for the subsys-tems see also panarchy

Impact the consequences of ecosystem state change onservices to human societies

Integrity (of a system with open boundaries) what main-tains the distinctiveness between a system and what isoutside it

Internal description (of a system) description in terms ofsystem components and connections eg in terms of aset of state variables

k-adapted (species) slow in growth but efficient atresource acquisition cf r-adapted

Box 1 Glossary of key terms relating to ecosystem health The definitions are those used in this article unless otherwise qualified The terms are italicized here on the first substantive use in the text and sometimes thereafter

(Box continues on next page)

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20134

Latitude the greatest amount that a system can changebefore losing its ability to regain or remain within itsoriginal regime (Walker et al 2004)

Lifeform a set of species (not necessarily taxonomicallyrelated) that play similar roles in ecosystem functioneg lsquoalgal silicon usersrsquo such as diatoms and silicoflagel-lates

Mechanistic model equations and parameters assembledfrom hypotheses validated in controlled experiments cfem pirical model

MVA (MultiVariate Analysis) statistical methods for ana -lysing relationships amongst multiple variables includ-ing PCA

MSFD the European Marine Strategy Framework Direc-tive 200856EC (Official Journal of the EuropeanUnion [2008] L16419minus40)

Net primary production formation of organic material byphotosynthesis net of respiratory losses by the sameorganisms over the time-period considered in the caseof the model-simulated production reported here photo-synthesis and respiration have been integrated over thewater column and the day-night cycle

Open of a system whose boundaries allow inputs andoroutputs

Organization the types and arrangements or interconnec-tions of the components of a system cf vigour

Panarchy a view of dynamic systems (including ecosys-tems) as made up of nested or linked subsystems cyclingadaptively through development and collapse (Holling2004)

PCA Principal Component Analysis which converts a setof observations of possibly correlated variables into asmaller set of values of linearly uncorrelated variablescalled lsquoprincipal componentsrsquo

Precariousness the closeness of a system to the state atwhich resilience collapses and a regime shift occurs(Walker et al 2004) the edge of the lsquobasin of attractionrsquo(Holling 1973) the edge of the lsquocliffrsquo or the lsquoelastic limitrsquo

Pressure (1) a link in the DPSIR chain (Luiten 1999) refer-ring to external (anthropogenic) pressure on an ecosys-tem (2) the human-altered influxes outflows and distur-bances acting on an ecosystem in either casedimensionally undefined

Principal axis (or component) a line drawn through a set ofpoints in a multivariable space so as to minimize the scatter of points about it (typically by minimizing thesum-of-squares of deviations) see PCA

Production the formation of new organic matter at a giventrophic level

Qualitative descriptor 1 of 11 components listed in AnnexI of the MSFD as determining the characteristics of GES

r-adapted (species) populations capable of rapid increasebut inefficient at resource acquisition and liable to highpredation cf k-adapted

Recovery return towards undisturbed system state aspressure is relaxed as a component of resilience thecapability of a system to recover

Regime a bundle of trajectories in system state spaceRegime shift a substantial and persistent change in eco-

system state condition or regime that involves manyecosystem components impacts substantially on serv-ices and in systems theory is explained by a shift to anew attractor

Resilience lsquothe capacity of a system to absorb disturbanceand reorganize while undergoing change so as to main-tain essentially the same functions structure identityand feedbacksrsquo (Folke et al 2004)

Resistance one of the components of resiliencemdasha meas-ure of difficulty in moving a system within a basin ofattraction (Walker et al 2004) lsquothe ability of an ecosys-tem to resist displacement from its reference state dur-ing a perturbation stressrsquo (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Scalar variability describes the variability of system stateabout a long-term trend when both are expressed asEuclidian distance using self-standardized variables

SEM (Structural Equation Modelling) a statistical methodaimed at eliciting a group of factors and connections orrelations that best fits a data set (Hox amp Bechger 1998)

(Ecosystem) services the natural capitals (eg fish stocks)and functions (eg nutrient cycling) used to benefithuman well-being (Atkins et al 2011)

SMP (UK) Sea-bird monitoring programme (jnccdefragov uk page-1550)

Social-ecological system a linked system of people andnature (Berkes amp Folke 1998) a spatially-boundedregion containing an ecosystem and a social systeminteracting with each other (Tett et al 2013)

Stability the tendency for system state to remain near anattractor in state space

Stability landscape metaphor in which the state of an eco-system is represented by the position of a ball in anundulating landscape

State (1) (of a system) a single set of values of a set ofstate variables sufficient to specify the systemrsquos condi-tion uniquely and plotting to a point in the correspon-ding state space (2) lsquothe state of the environmentrsquo(external to human society) as affected by pressure(Luiten 1999)

State space lsquothe n-dimensional space of possible locationsof [state] variablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417)

State variable a quantification of a system property

Status the condition of (all or part of) an ecosystemassessed relative to a norm

System lsquoa set of elements standing in interrelation amongthemselves and with [their] environmentrsquo (von Berta-lanffy 1972)

Systemic (conceptualization of ecosystem health) basedon a view of ecosystems in accordance with GeneralSystems Theory (von Bertalanffy 1972) and allowing foremergent properties such as resilience cf empirical

Trajectory a sequence of system states plotted in state space

Type-specific reference conditions in the WFD (AnnexesII amp V) the conditions lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Variability (in state space) has 3 components semi-cycli-cal (eg associated with seasonal cycles and classed aspart of organization) medium-term (about a trend) andlong-term (ie a trend) (Fig 1)

Vigour the ability of a system to maintain or renew itsorganization by drawing on production (Costanza 1992vigor)

WFD the European Water Framework Directive 200060EC (Official Journal of the European Communities[2000] L3271ndash72)

Box 1 (continued)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

more restricted aims of species and habitat conserva-tion) is harder to define

A further complication arises if sustainability isseen as a property or goal of lsquosocial-ecological sys-temsrsquo (Berkes amp Folke 1998) which have psychologi-cal and social dimensions as well as physical exis-tence (Tett et al 2013) Although both ecologicalknowledge and preferences for certain states of eco-systems lie in the mental and social worlds it isimportant to distinguish social values from ecologicalfacts and theories because they relate to differentsorts of lsquovalidity claimsrsquo (Habermas 1984) This doesnot mean that ecological knowledge should only beused instrumentally to guide actions decided bypolitical processes (Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin2004) Our view is that science must inform debate aswell as help implement its outcome Exploring themeaning of lsquothe healthrsquo of ecosystems in terms oftheir structure and function can show why aiming atlsquogood ecosystem healthrsquo might be good for societiesusing services from these ecosystems (Atkins et al2011)

Ecosystem health as a metaphor

Metaphors are important in human speech andthought (Pinker 2007) They can help to explain com-plex things such as ecosystems that cannot be ade-quately described in terms drawn from direct humanexperience But they can be ambiguous misleadingwhen the metaphor is confused with reality and dan-gerous when used to guide action

Human health is an attractive metaphor for ecosys-tem condition because there is a universal under-standing of what it means to be well to be free fromillness to function well to be vigorous to resist andrecover from disease to maintain physical and men-tal integrity in the face of stress That is to say to bein a socially and individually desired conditiondefined by a certain range of physiological and psy-chological states and to be able to maintain that con-dition or to recover it after disturbance

The metaphor has aided ecologists in conceptualizingecosystem functioning as well as explaining ecosystemcondition to the general public and suggesting regula-tory goals to government But it may be dangerous(Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin 2004) if it allows per-sonal or sectoral values to be intruded into what areclaimed as objective assessments Thus there is a needto consider whether and to what extent the compo-nents of human health map to those of ecosystemhealth

Ecosystem health as an aggregate property

One approach to a definition is to see health not asa single property of an ecosystem but as an aggre-gate of contributions from organisms species andprocesses within a defined area We will refer to thisapproach as empirical because although not with-out theoretical content it is based largely on expertobservations of ecosystems

Elliott (2011) listed 6 levels of biological organiza-tion each of which could be termed healthy or un -healthy cell tissue organism population communityand ecosystem At the level of organisms themeaning of lsquohealthrsquo seems unambiguous and identicalwith that of human physical well-being At the nextlevel health concerns the viability of populations orspecies At the level of communities and ecosystemsthe argument becomes more complex Elliott (2011)described lsquocommunity healthrsquo as that of an assemblageof organisms that can continue to function in terms of inter-species relationships and lsquoecosystem healthrsquo asproviding protection against the lsquoeco system patholo-giesrsquo of Harding (1992) and McLusky amp Elliott (2004)(Table S2 in Supplement 2) Monitoring at this levelallows lsquodetection of things going wrongrsquo against abackground of system variability (Elliott 2011) EarlierOdum (1985) had listed trends expected in lsquostressedecosystemsrsquo (Table S3 in Supplement 2) basing theseon a conceptual model of ecosystem succession underundisturbed conditions (Odum 1969) We have drawnon these 2 sets of ill-health diagnostics as the basis forthe empirical and aggregatable criteria for marineecosystem health in Table 1

The first column in Table 1 provides generic criteriaHowever there are several types of marine ecosys-tems each with their characteristic lifeforms of pri-mary producers and each linked to particular ecohy-drodynamic (Tett et al 2007) and climatic conditionsCriteria that are applicable across all these typesmight provide little guidance in managing pressureson a particular type For example biodi ver sity is natu-rally low in the physically stressed en vironment of estuaries (Elliott amp Quintino 2007) where biomass canbe high as a result of inputs of allo chthonous organicmatter (Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) In contrast the oligo-trophic waters of the eastern Mediterranean support ahigh diversity of pelagic micro-algae (Ignatiades et al2009) Thus there is need for the ecological norms ofcolumn 2 which link the general criteria to whatmight be ex pected in a particular ecosystem underundisturbed conditions

The European Union Water Framework Directive(WFD) is based on such a norm-based approach

5

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

to assessing ecological status Values for physico-chemical and biological quality elements are com-pared with those lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo iewith those of the type-specific reference conditionsThe third column in Table 1 quotes from the Direc-tiversquos specifications for high quality status which isthat of the reference condition and which it seemslogical to equate with good ecosystem health How-ever finding current examples of the reference con-

ditions in European coastal seas and estuaries hasproven difficult (Hering et al 2010 Borja et al 2012)

Column 4 maps the criteria to the lsquoqualitativedescriptorsrsquo of lsquogood environmental statusrsquo (GES) inthe European Marine Strategy Framework Directive(MSFD) which takes a functional approach to goodcondition in contrast (Borja et al 2012) to the WFDrsquosnorm-referencing

Finally there is another problem to be solvedbefore using aggregation as an integrative method It

6

1 Generic component of ecosystem health

2 Ecological norm 3 WFD lsquohigh quality statusrsquo 4 MSFD lsquoqualitative descriptorsrsquo

Autochthonous primary photo-synthetic production plus import of organic matter is roughly in balance with consumption so that there is no large excess of respiration that might lead to de-oxygenation nor substantial export of unconsumed material

Life-form of primary producer is typical of ecohydrodynamic type and production is within characteristic range for undisturbed example of this type

Phytoplankton biomass to be lsquoconsistent with the type-specific physico-chemical conditionrsquo macro-algal cover and angiosperm abundance to be lsquoconsistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquo[O]xygen balance remain[s] within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(5) Human-induced eutroph-ication is minimised especially adverse effects thereof such as losses in biodiversity ecosystem degradation harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom watersrsquo

Nutrient supply cycling rates and elemental ratios are ade-quate to support community functioning and structure communities make efficient use of these resources

Nutrient seasonal cycles amounts and elemental ratios are similar to those under undisturbed conditions

lsquoNutrient concentrations remain within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Not explicitly mentioned

Sufficient biodiversity to fulfill all the necessary bio-geochem-ical roles to support species at higher trophic levels and to provide a reserve in case of loss of species keystone species flourishing where essential for community functioning there is a mixture of r- and k-adapted species and a mixture of repro-ductive and young individuals within populations

All aspects of diversity are appropriate for undisturbed example of ecosystem type as determined by climate and local (eco) hydro-dynamic conditions

lsquoThe composition and abund-ance of phytoplanktonic taxa are consistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquoAll disturbance-sensitive macroalgal and angio-sperm taxa associated with undisturbed conditions are presentrsquo lsquoThe level of diversity and abundance of invertebrate taxa is within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(1) Biological diversity is maintained The quality and occurrence of habitats and the distribution and abundance of species are in line with pre-vailing physiographic geo-graphic and climatic conditions (2) Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystemsrsquo

Community structure includes multiple trophic levels and a variety of trophic links between levels in cases where autogenic or responsive successions are important then either a sub-stantial proportion of the eco-system is in the mature state or there are no impediments to reaching such a state

Structure is that characteristic of this ecosystem type under undisturbed conditions

Not explicitly dealt with by this Directive

lsquo(4) All elements of the marine food webs to the extent that they are known occur at normal abundance and diversity and levels capable of ensuring the long-term abundance of the species and the retention of their full reproductive capacityrsquo

Individual organisms are healthy and reproductively fit not showing widespread pathol-ogies nor substantially contami-nated with pollutants nor ex-hibiting reduced resistance to disease or stress or reduced ability to detoxify

Body burden of contaminants below defined threshold no substantial differences in performance com-pared with individuals at unpolluted station

Pollutant concentrations lsquoremain within the range normally asso-ciated with undisturbed con-ditionsrsquo

lsquo(8) Concentrations of contami-nants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effectsrsquo

Table 1 Components of (good) ecosystem health according to the empirical approach and as interpreted by EU DirectivesColumn 3 gives corresponding specifications from Annex V of the EU Water Framework Directive (WFD) for lsquohigh quality sta-tusrsquo (which we equate with good health) in lsquotransitionalrsquo and lsquocoastalrsquo waters Column 4 refers to the relevant lsquoqualitative de-scriptors for determining good environmental statusrsquo in Annex I of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) which

are expanded by COM (2010)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

concerns how to combine indicators whilst (1) avoid-ing double-counting of primary variables and (2)recognising each indicatorrsquos importance in relation toecosystem function The problem is especiallymarked when aggregating over levels Do commu-nity and ecosystem effects arise linearly from aggre-gation of organism-level and population-level effectsor can species replacement sustain ecosystem func-tion even if some populations are damaged (forexample by pollution) One combinatorial strategyhas been to use weightings for example Aubry ampElliott (2006) multiplied indicators for estuarine dis-turbance by weights based on expert judgementsand Borja et al (2011) used weights based on relativeimportance and indicator reliability to combine eco-logical quality ratios for the MSFDrsquos qualitative de -scriptors of good condition into a single integratedassessment Another strategy is the precautionarylsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle used by the WFD (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010) where a water body is demotedfrom lsquogoodrsquo status if a single quality element is scoredbelow lsquogoodrsquo A general objection to all these proce-dures is that their outcomes may depend as muchon decisions made about the combinatorial rules ason the actual condition of the ecosystem (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010 Caroni et al 2013)

Health as an emergent property of complex systems

An alternative to the empirical approach is whatwe call systemic because its perspective is that ofhealth as an emergent property of the whole ecolog-ical system rather than of any of its componentsAccording to General Systems Theory (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) a system is lsquoa set of elementsstanding in interrelation among themselves and with[their] environmentrsquo The theoryrsquos principles includea subset that apply to the open complex hierarchicaland autopoiumletic systems that are exemplified byorganisms and ecosystems Living systems must beopen (to their external environment) because theyneed a throughput of matter and energy to keep theircomponents in a thermodynamically unlikely state(Schroumldinger 1944 Boulding 1956 Lovelock amp Mar-gulis 1976 Moss 2008) They can persist only if theycan maintain their internal organization and func-tions against these fluxes or are able to restore inter-nal states after perturbation Health in the systemicview is this ability a healthy system is one that main-tains its integrity and is resilient under pressureThus the concept of ecosystem health is more than ametaphor carried over from human health and it is

more than the sum of properties of components Itrefers to patterns of system behaviour that are com-mon to both organisms and ecosystems and ill-health is recognized by a breakdown of this pattern

Systems can be characterized in 2 ways (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) Internal description uses statevariables and can be exemplified for biological sys-tems by the Lotka-Volterra equations (Slobodkin1962 Hastings 1996) In a simple case the state vari-ables might be the population sizes of a predator andits prey The behaviour of even small and species-poor ecosystems is more complex than such binarysystems and many variables may be needed to represent their internal state Nevertheless whethera system is simple or complex change can be ex -pressed lsquogeometrically by the trajectories that thestate variables traverse in the state space that is then-dimensional space of possible location of thesevariablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417) Fig 1 de -

7

Cyclical variation

Long-termtrend

Annual mean

Medium-termvariation

Domain

State

State

State

StateDisturbance

Trajectory

Regime

Regimeshift

Newregime

State variable 2 (S2)

State variable 1 (S1)

ReferenceState

Euclidian distanceradic(∆S1

2 + ∆S22)

Fig 1 Definitions relating to system state variable space ex-emplified for 2 axes but generalizable to any number of di-mensions A state is represented by a point in state space atrajectory is a (temporal) sequence of states a regime is a co-herent bundle of trajectories such as those arising from sea-sonal cycles a domain is a region in state space The Euclid-ian distance gives the (shortest) scalar distance between 2points in a state space of any dimensionality The inset box

shows the 3 types of variability discussed in this paper

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20138

fines the terms used in discussing such state spacediagrams

In the case of external description the behaviour ofthe system is described in terms of interactions withwhat is outside the system often by specifying therelationship between inputs to the system and theresulting outputs Fig 2 combines a systemic viewof an ecosystem with the Driver-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (DPSIR) paradigm of Luiten (1999)as updated by Atkins et al (2011) Anthropogenicdisturbance to trans-boundary fluxes constitutes apressure resulting in changes in the (internal) stateof the system with consequent impacts on societyResilience is the system property that determines theresponse of state to a pressure change it is an emer-gent property because it cannot be localized in anyparticular component of the system

Following a review of system-based definitions ofhealth (Table S4 in Supplement 3) Costanza (1992)proposed that ecosystem health was best seen asa comprehensive multiscale dynamic hierarchicalmeasure of system resilience organization andvigour [concepts that] are embodied in the term lsquosus-tainabilityrsquo which implies the systemrsquos ability to main-tain its structure (organization) and function (vigour)over time in the face of external stress (resilience)

All 3 components are necessary (Mageau et al1995) (1) a system lacking in vigour would tend to -wards abiotic thermodynamic equilibrium (2) sys-tems with excess vigour but lsquolittle or no organizationsuch as nutrient enriched lakes hellip or early succes-sional ecosystems dominated hellip by lsquorrsquo selected spe-ciesrsquo (p 204) tend towards excessive blooms and (3)lsquocertain highly managed systems such as agricul-ture aquaculture and plantationsrsquo (p 204) lackresilience and require continuous human interventionfor their maintenance Costanza amp Mageau (1999)thought that organization might be quantifiedthrough the analysis of trophic networks (eg Ulano -wicz amp Kay 1991 Christensen amp Pauly 1992) andvigour quantified by measurements of lsquoecosystemmetabolismrsquo including its primary production

Resilience is presently seen as the key componentof system health Holling (1973) defined it as lsquoa mea-sure of the ability of [eco]systems to absorb changesof state variables driving variables and parametersrsquo(p 17) without ceasing to exist Folke et al (2004)saw resilience as lsquothe capacity of a system to absorbdisturbance and reorganize while undergoingchange so as to maintain essentially the same func-tions structure identity and feedbacksrsquo (p 558) Lossof resilience is now seen as leading to regime shift a

Humansociety

andeconomy

ECOSYSTEM

Organization

Vigour

Resilience

Resilience maintains

STATE against PRESSURES

Multiple ampalternative

trophicpathways

Co-adaptedspecies

Functional ampresponsediversity

Stabilizingfeedback

loops

Spatialheterogeneity Production Metabolism

Nutrientfluxes

Services

Trans-boundary

fluxes PRESSURES

(Eco) System boundary

Buffers

Against

IMPACTS

DRIVERS

Fig 2 A systems conceptualization of ecosystem health Ecosystem components (biota their non-living environment andtrophic and biogeochemical fluxes) are suggested by the white network Overlying this are the high-level lsquointernal descriptorsrsquoof system state organization and vigour These are responsible for the external property of resilience which buffers ecosystemstate and services against externally imposed (anthropogenic) pressures and other boundary fluxes thus maintaining system in-tegrity Health describes the ability to maintain systems integrity and it and resilience are emergent properties of the systemthey cannot be localized into any particular component At the left are listed the attributes of organization that are thought to contribute to resilience Components of vigour are shown at the base of the ecosystem box To the right is shown the matchinghuman system which together with the ecosystem makes up a social-ecological system Only endogenous pressuresmdashthose

generated within this systemmdashare shown

Tett et al Ecosystem health

change to a new internal organization rather thanextinction Holling (1973) visualized continued exis-tence as requiring trajectories in state space toremain within a basin of attraction and distinguishedresilience from lsquostabilityrsquomdashlsquothe ability of a system toreturn to equilibrium after a temporary disturbancersquo(p 17) Much sub sequent literature however hasequated lsquoresiliencersquo with Hollingrsquos stability and theability to recover after perturbation This includedElliott et al (2007) and Tett et al (2007) However itnow seems best to see resilience as having severalcomponents one of which is recovery to lsquoequilib-riumrsquo bearing in mind that the restored equilibriummay be dynamic or correspond to a complex attractorin state space (Gowen et al 2012) Other componentsof resilience (Walker et al 2004) are resistance topressure and latitude the greatest amount that asystem can change before losing its ability to regain(or remain in) its original regime and correspondingto the size of Hollingrsquos lsquobasin of attractionrsquo

Like Scheffer et al (2001) Folke et al (2004)argued that anthropogenic disturbance to ecosys-tems reduces resilience and increases the chances ofregime shift This leads to the metaphor of the lsquocliffrsquoin pressure-state diagrams (Fig 3) (Elliott et al 2007Tett et al 2007 van de Koppel et al 2008) The para-digm in such diagrams is that natural ecosystems areresilient and so resistant to anthropogenic pressuresBeyond a certain level of pressure however there is

a danger of ecosystem collapse from which it mightbe difficult to recover speedily (or at all) to the origi-nal conditions An alternative metaphor (Fig 4) isthat of a stability landscape in which a ball (repre-senting system state) rolls to the lowest point in thevalley but can be displaced into other valleys eitherby change in the landscape or by increased move-ment of the ball (Scheffer et al 2001 Walker et al2004) Duarte et al (2009) pointed to the problem oflsquoshifting baselinesrsquo encountered when attempting toreturn an ecosystem to a prior state such as thatexisting before eutrophication They illustrated theproblem with plots of state against pressure (corre-sponding to Fig 3) but it could also be seen in termsof the changes in the topography of the landscape inFig 4 Finally Scheffer et al (2009) suggested thatsystems (such as ecosystems but also economies)showed an increase in variability as they approachedlsquocritical transitionsrsquo between regimes

The idea of panarchy (Gunderson amp Holling 2002Holling 2004) is that on any particular spatial scalesystems naturally go through periods of collapse andrecovery During recovery a system can adapt tochanged circumstances because post-collapse con-ditions can select for different species (in an ecosys-tem) or different institutions (in a society) The con-cept of panarchy also includes the interactions of

9

External pressure (P)

Ecosystem state (S)

Recovery(as pressuredecreases)

Resistance (to increasing pressure)

Collapsesystem hasexceededlsquoelastic limitrsquo

Latitude

Offset(may bedeemedto be aregimeshift)

Hyster-esis

ΔSΔP

Compliance = ndashΔSΔP

Degraded state

Ecosystemservices

Fig 3 The cliff metaphor for change in ecosystem state(modified from Elliott et al 2007 and Tett et al 2007) used toillustrate resilience components (Walker et al 2004) in termsof the effects of external pressure (P) on ecosystem conditionor state (S) Latitude is shown as analogous to the lsquoelasticlimitrsquo of a mechanical system Beyond this limit the systemdeformation no longer changes linearly with pressure Com-pliance is the ratio of state change to pressure change and

thus is the inverse of resistance

Increasing pressure

Decreasing pressure

System distancefrom equilbrium

Equilbrium(attractor)

Criticalpoint

lsquoRange of environmentalconditionsrsquo (Krebs 1988)

Basin ofattraction 1 Basin of

attraction 2

Greater variabilitynear critical point

(Scheffer et al 2009)

Regime shift

Recovery

Disturbance

Fig 4 The landscape metaphor for stability and regime shift(Holling 1973) The ball representing ecosystem statemoves between valleys denoting different regimes follow-ing disturbance to the ball (Krebs 1988) or changes in thelandscape (Scheffer et al 2001) In the metaphor stabilizingeffects are likened to gravity In mathematical terms stabil-ity is the result of the systemrsquos tendency to move towards an

attractor state shown at the bottom of each basin

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

INTRODUCTION

Marine ecosystems provide services that lead to so-cietal benefits (Atkins et al 2011 Barbier et al 2012)Three common strategies aim to protect these servicesagainst anthropogenic pressures One conserves keyorganisms and habitats one protects against distur-bance and one manages resource exploitation Thesestrategies however often neglect the interactionsamongst ecosystem components which in some casesameliorate pressure effects In other cases the effectsmultiply leading to major disturbances to marine foodwebs and their use by humans (Fogarty amp Murawski1998 Jackson et al 2001 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010)

The need for integrated environmental managementis recognized in the lsquoEcosystem Approachrsquo and theidea that ecosystems can have an optimal or healthystate is beginning to be used as a goal for holistic man-agement appearing in the marine environmental pro-tection laws of several nations (Table S1 in Supplement 1all supplements at www int-res com articles supplm494 p001_ supp pdf) However it has been arguedthat this idea lsquois based on controversial value-basedassumptions that masquerade as sciencersquo (Lackey 2001p 437) Crucial aspects of health have been presentedin terms of metaphors such as those of stability land-scapes (Holling 1973 Scheffer et al 2001) rather thanquantitative theories Proposed holistic methodologieshave focussed on the diagnosis of ecosystem patholo-gies (McLusky amp Elliott 2004) or of undesirable distur-bance (Tett et al 2007) rather than the identification ofhealthy states or the good status required for exampleby recent EU Directives (Borja et al 2010) Thus thereis a need to clarify what is meant by lsquogood ecosystemhealthrsquo and to develop methods for assessing it

The present article originated in workshops thathad been tasked with developing a sound scientificbasis for evaluating the overall status of UK marinewaters as required by EU Directives The article in -cludes a selective review of the literature relevant toecosystem health a glossary of key terms (Box 1)and a proposed method for tracking change in thestate of marine ecosystems by means of plots in statespace We exemplify the method with data from theNorth Sea but believe it to be of general applicability

REVIEW OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Nature of ecosystems and aims of management

Building on Tansley (1935) Lindeman (1942) de -fined an ecosystem as a lsquosystem composed of physi-

cal-chemical-biological processes active within aspace-time unit of any magnitude ie the biotic com-munity plus its abiotic environment rsquo This definitionis widely accepted but a continuing debate concernsthe processes Do they belong to the system or to itscomponents Is there such a thing as an ecosystemor is the word merely a label for a human-delineatedcollection of species and habitats

Clements (1916 1936) viewed the climax of terres-trial vegetation and its associated animals as lsquoa com-plex organism inseparably connected with its climateand often continental in extentrsquo (Clements 1936p 253) and possessing ontogeny and phylogenyOdum (1969) considered that ecological successionculminated in a stabilized ecosystem that maximisedbiomass information content and symbiotic interac-tions amongst organisms for a given energy fluxMoss (2008) argued that what he called ecosystems(but which might be better seen as biomes) haveevolved through the natural selection of componentspecies to become optimal systems for the use of nat-ural resources In contrast Gleason (1926) held thatterrestrial floras were no more than contingent asso-ciations of species that had been selected by the spe-ciesrsquo environmental requirements and their abilitiesto disperse Davis amp Slobodkin (2004) denied thatecosystems existed as lsquosome integrated entity hellip thatgrows lives reproduces and dies or can be injuredor healedrsquo (p 1) However Winterhalder et al (2004)argued that lsquobiotic communities and ecological sys-tems hellip do show a very high degree of integration orldquocoher encyrdquo in their responses to perturbations ofvarious kindsrsquo (p 5) If integration exists a likelyexplanation is that the biota contribute to the lsquoecolog-ical theatrersquo in which they act out the lsquoevolutionaryplayrsquo (Hutchinson 1965 Post amp Palkovacs 2009) andso co-evolve (Urban amp Skelly 2006 Johnson amp Stinch-combe 2007)

A related debate concerns stability in ecosystems(Holling 1973 Botkin 1990 Cuddington 2001Gowen et al 2012) Are natural systems in balanceand do they tend to return to that balance if per-turbed Or are they intrinsically and perhaps unpre-dictably variable If pristine ecosystems tendtowards a balance of organisms the goal of environ-mental protection seems clear to ensure that (com-mensurate with human aspirations) communities areassisted towards or maintained at their ecologicalclimaxes If in stead ecosystems are lsquoopen complexand dynamic systems that are characteristically tran-sient and un stablersquo (Spieles 2010 referring to Botkin1990) as evidence increasingly suggests then thegoal of ecosystem management (as opposed to the

2

Tett et al Ecosystem health 3

Attractor a point or repeating trajectory in state space towhich a system tends

Autopoiumletic [a] self-making or self-maintaining [system](Varela amp Maturana 1980)

Basin of attraction lsquoa region in state space in which thesystem tends to remainrsquo (Walker et al 2004 p 3)

Biodiversity the phenotypic variability amongst organ-isms within an ecosystem and the genetic basis of thatvariability cf lsquoincludes diversity within speciesbetween species and of ecosystemsrsquo (Article 2 Conven-tion on Biological Diversity 1992 wwwcbdintconven-tiontextdefaultshtml)

Biome lsquoa distinctive combination of plants and animals ina fully developed or climax community characterizedby a uniform life form of vegetation [and including]developmental stagesrsquo (Smith 1992) extended to refer tothe combination expected under particular ecohydro -dynamic conditions

Community the biota in an ecosystem as distinct from theabiotic environment ie the organisms or species andthe trophic links amongst them

Compliance the ratio of ecosystem state change to (exter-nal) pressure change (Fig 3) the inverse of resistance(to pressure) in the elasticity analogue for resilience(Supplement 6)

Complex (a system with) sufficient components and inter-actions to exhibit emergent properties or behavioursuch as non-linearity homeostasis or autopoiumlesis oftenas a result of nested sub-systems (hierarchy) and feed-back loops

Connectance lsquothe fraction of all possible links that arerealized in a [trophic] networkrsquo (Dunne et al 2002)

Connectivity refers to spatial links allowing exchanges ofindividuals or genetic materials amongst meta-popula-tions (Steneck amp Wilson 2010) and of materials andenergy amongst habitats or sub-regions within an eco-system (Dakos et al 2010)

CPR Continuous Plankton Recorder towed by ships ofopportunity to sample plankton (Richardson et al 2006)

Domain a defined region in [an ecosystem] state space

DPSIR acronym for Driver (within society)-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (within society) paradigm originallyby Luiten (1999) updated by Atkins et al (2011)

Ecohydrodynamic the physical conditions that select forspecies and communities in the sea including waterdepth stirring and stratifying tendencies light penetra-tion and sediment type (Tett et al 2007)

Ecological quality ratio the ratio (between 0 and 1) of thevalue of an ecological indicator to the value under goodconditions

Ecological status lsquoan expression of the quality of the struc-ture and functioning of aquatic ecosystems associatedwith surface watersrsquo (WFD article 221 amp Annex V)

Ecosystem lsquothe system composed of the physical-chemi-cal-biological processes active within a space-time unitof any magnitude ie the biotic community plus its abiotic environmentrsquo (Lindeman 1942 p 400)

Emergent property (system) behaviors that cannot beidentified through functional decomposition (Johnson2006) and that are more than the sum of the systemrsquosparts even if explicable in terms of within-system pro-cesses (OrsquoConnor amp Wong 2009)

Empirical (conceptualization of ecosystem health) a viewof ecosystems as the sum of their parts and hence able tobe simulated by mechanistic models cf systemic

Empirical model a model that even if theory-based hasits parameter values adjusted to best fit simulations toobservations cf mechanistic model

Endogenous (pressure) generated within the local social-ecological system and hence susceptible to local man-agement in contrast exogenous pressures are exter-nally generated and local management can only dealwith the consequences (Elliott 2011)

Environment (1) the abiotic component of an ecosystem(cf community) (2) what lies outside a given system

ERSEM European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model amechanistic model for marine ecosystems includingpelagic and benthic components (Baretta et al 1995Baretta-Bekker amp Baretta 1997)

Euclidian distance the scalar distance between 2 points instate space calculated from the square root of the sum ofsquares of the distance along each axis

External description (of a system) properties of the systemthat characterize its holistic behavior when seen fromoutside

Functional-group diversity the sets of species (or compo-nents of biodiversity) responsible for ecosystem func-tions the sets correspond to benthic guilds or pelagiclifeforms

Functional-response diversity biodiversity contributing todifferent responses to environmental change within afunctional group

GES Good Environmental Status as defined in Article 35of the MSFD which includes the requirement that lsquothestructure functions and processes of the constituentmarine ecosystems allow those ecosystems to functionfully and to maintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo

GETM General Estuarine Transport Model (wwwgetmeu)a hydrodynamic model designed for use in shelf seasincluding those with significant intertidal areas

Granularity the existence nature and scale of spatialpatchiness within an ecosystem

Hierarchy (or hierarchical system) arrangements where bysystems contain subsystems the emergent properties ofthe latter contribute to the functioning of the main sys-tem which provides boundary conditions for the subsys-tems see also panarchy

Impact the consequences of ecosystem state change onservices to human societies

Integrity (of a system with open boundaries) what main-tains the distinctiveness between a system and what isoutside it

Internal description (of a system) description in terms ofsystem components and connections eg in terms of aset of state variables

k-adapted (species) slow in growth but efficient atresource acquisition cf r-adapted

Box 1 Glossary of key terms relating to ecosystem health The definitions are those used in this article unless otherwise qualified The terms are italicized here on the first substantive use in the text and sometimes thereafter

(Box continues on next page)

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20134

Latitude the greatest amount that a system can changebefore losing its ability to regain or remain within itsoriginal regime (Walker et al 2004)

Lifeform a set of species (not necessarily taxonomicallyrelated) that play similar roles in ecosystem functioneg lsquoalgal silicon usersrsquo such as diatoms and silicoflagel-lates

Mechanistic model equations and parameters assembledfrom hypotheses validated in controlled experiments cfem pirical model

MVA (MultiVariate Analysis) statistical methods for ana -lysing relationships amongst multiple variables includ-ing PCA

MSFD the European Marine Strategy Framework Direc-tive 200856EC (Official Journal of the EuropeanUnion [2008] L16419minus40)

Net primary production formation of organic material byphotosynthesis net of respiratory losses by the sameorganisms over the time-period considered in the caseof the model-simulated production reported here photo-synthesis and respiration have been integrated over thewater column and the day-night cycle

Open of a system whose boundaries allow inputs andoroutputs

Organization the types and arrangements or interconnec-tions of the components of a system cf vigour

Panarchy a view of dynamic systems (including ecosys-tems) as made up of nested or linked subsystems cyclingadaptively through development and collapse (Holling2004)

PCA Principal Component Analysis which converts a setof observations of possibly correlated variables into asmaller set of values of linearly uncorrelated variablescalled lsquoprincipal componentsrsquo

Precariousness the closeness of a system to the state atwhich resilience collapses and a regime shift occurs(Walker et al 2004) the edge of the lsquobasin of attractionrsquo(Holling 1973) the edge of the lsquocliffrsquo or the lsquoelastic limitrsquo

Pressure (1) a link in the DPSIR chain (Luiten 1999) refer-ring to external (anthropogenic) pressure on an ecosys-tem (2) the human-altered influxes outflows and distur-bances acting on an ecosystem in either casedimensionally undefined

Principal axis (or component) a line drawn through a set ofpoints in a multivariable space so as to minimize the scatter of points about it (typically by minimizing thesum-of-squares of deviations) see PCA

Production the formation of new organic matter at a giventrophic level

Qualitative descriptor 1 of 11 components listed in AnnexI of the MSFD as determining the characteristics of GES

r-adapted (species) populations capable of rapid increasebut inefficient at resource acquisition and liable to highpredation cf k-adapted

Recovery return towards undisturbed system state aspressure is relaxed as a component of resilience thecapability of a system to recover

Regime a bundle of trajectories in system state spaceRegime shift a substantial and persistent change in eco-

system state condition or regime that involves manyecosystem components impacts substantially on serv-ices and in systems theory is explained by a shift to anew attractor

Resilience lsquothe capacity of a system to absorb disturbanceand reorganize while undergoing change so as to main-tain essentially the same functions structure identityand feedbacksrsquo (Folke et al 2004)

Resistance one of the components of resiliencemdasha meas-ure of difficulty in moving a system within a basin ofattraction (Walker et al 2004) lsquothe ability of an ecosys-tem to resist displacement from its reference state dur-ing a perturbation stressrsquo (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Scalar variability describes the variability of system stateabout a long-term trend when both are expressed asEuclidian distance using self-standardized variables

SEM (Structural Equation Modelling) a statistical methodaimed at eliciting a group of factors and connections orrelations that best fits a data set (Hox amp Bechger 1998)

(Ecosystem) services the natural capitals (eg fish stocks)and functions (eg nutrient cycling) used to benefithuman well-being (Atkins et al 2011)

SMP (UK) Sea-bird monitoring programme (jnccdefragov uk page-1550)

Social-ecological system a linked system of people andnature (Berkes amp Folke 1998) a spatially-boundedregion containing an ecosystem and a social systeminteracting with each other (Tett et al 2013)

Stability the tendency for system state to remain near anattractor in state space

Stability landscape metaphor in which the state of an eco-system is represented by the position of a ball in anundulating landscape

State (1) (of a system) a single set of values of a set ofstate variables sufficient to specify the systemrsquos condi-tion uniquely and plotting to a point in the correspon-ding state space (2) lsquothe state of the environmentrsquo(external to human society) as affected by pressure(Luiten 1999)

State space lsquothe n-dimensional space of possible locationsof [state] variablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417)

State variable a quantification of a system property

Status the condition of (all or part of) an ecosystemassessed relative to a norm

System lsquoa set of elements standing in interrelation amongthemselves and with [their] environmentrsquo (von Berta-lanffy 1972)

Systemic (conceptualization of ecosystem health) basedon a view of ecosystems in accordance with GeneralSystems Theory (von Bertalanffy 1972) and allowing foremergent properties such as resilience cf empirical

Trajectory a sequence of system states plotted in state space

Type-specific reference conditions in the WFD (AnnexesII amp V) the conditions lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Variability (in state space) has 3 components semi-cycli-cal (eg associated with seasonal cycles and classed aspart of organization) medium-term (about a trend) andlong-term (ie a trend) (Fig 1)

Vigour the ability of a system to maintain or renew itsorganization by drawing on production (Costanza 1992vigor)

WFD the European Water Framework Directive 200060EC (Official Journal of the European Communities[2000] L3271ndash72)

Box 1 (continued)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

more restricted aims of species and habitat conserva-tion) is harder to define

A further complication arises if sustainability isseen as a property or goal of lsquosocial-ecological sys-temsrsquo (Berkes amp Folke 1998) which have psychologi-cal and social dimensions as well as physical exis-tence (Tett et al 2013) Although both ecologicalknowledge and preferences for certain states of eco-systems lie in the mental and social worlds it isimportant to distinguish social values from ecologicalfacts and theories because they relate to differentsorts of lsquovalidity claimsrsquo (Habermas 1984) This doesnot mean that ecological knowledge should only beused instrumentally to guide actions decided bypolitical processes (Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin2004) Our view is that science must inform debate aswell as help implement its outcome Exploring themeaning of lsquothe healthrsquo of ecosystems in terms oftheir structure and function can show why aiming atlsquogood ecosystem healthrsquo might be good for societiesusing services from these ecosystems (Atkins et al2011)

Ecosystem health as a metaphor

Metaphors are important in human speech andthought (Pinker 2007) They can help to explain com-plex things such as ecosystems that cannot be ade-quately described in terms drawn from direct humanexperience But they can be ambiguous misleadingwhen the metaphor is confused with reality and dan-gerous when used to guide action

Human health is an attractive metaphor for ecosys-tem condition because there is a universal under-standing of what it means to be well to be free fromillness to function well to be vigorous to resist andrecover from disease to maintain physical and men-tal integrity in the face of stress That is to say to bein a socially and individually desired conditiondefined by a certain range of physiological and psy-chological states and to be able to maintain that con-dition or to recover it after disturbance

The metaphor has aided ecologists in conceptualizingecosystem functioning as well as explaining ecosystemcondition to the general public and suggesting regula-tory goals to government But it may be dangerous(Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin 2004) if it allows per-sonal or sectoral values to be intruded into what areclaimed as objective assessments Thus there is a needto consider whether and to what extent the compo-nents of human health map to those of ecosystemhealth

Ecosystem health as an aggregate property

One approach to a definition is to see health not asa single property of an ecosystem but as an aggre-gate of contributions from organisms species andprocesses within a defined area We will refer to thisapproach as empirical because although not with-out theoretical content it is based largely on expertobservations of ecosystems

Elliott (2011) listed 6 levels of biological organiza-tion each of which could be termed healthy or un -healthy cell tissue organism population communityand ecosystem At the level of organisms themeaning of lsquohealthrsquo seems unambiguous and identicalwith that of human physical well-being At the nextlevel health concerns the viability of populations orspecies At the level of communities and ecosystemsthe argument becomes more complex Elliott (2011)described lsquocommunity healthrsquo as that of an assemblageof organisms that can continue to function in terms of inter-species relationships and lsquoecosystem healthrsquo asproviding protection against the lsquoeco system patholo-giesrsquo of Harding (1992) and McLusky amp Elliott (2004)(Table S2 in Supplement 2) Monitoring at this levelallows lsquodetection of things going wrongrsquo against abackground of system variability (Elliott 2011) EarlierOdum (1985) had listed trends expected in lsquostressedecosystemsrsquo (Table S3 in Supplement 2) basing theseon a conceptual model of ecosystem succession underundisturbed conditions (Odum 1969) We have drawnon these 2 sets of ill-health diagnostics as the basis forthe empirical and aggregatable criteria for marineecosystem health in Table 1

The first column in Table 1 provides generic criteriaHowever there are several types of marine ecosys-tems each with their characteristic lifeforms of pri-mary producers and each linked to particular ecohy-drodynamic (Tett et al 2007) and climatic conditionsCriteria that are applicable across all these typesmight provide little guidance in managing pressureson a particular type For example biodi ver sity is natu-rally low in the physically stressed en vironment of estuaries (Elliott amp Quintino 2007) where biomass canbe high as a result of inputs of allo chthonous organicmatter (Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) In contrast the oligo-trophic waters of the eastern Mediterranean support ahigh diversity of pelagic micro-algae (Ignatiades et al2009) Thus there is need for the ecological norms ofcolumn 2 which link the general criteria to whatmight be ex pected in a particular ecosystem underundisturbed conditions

The European Union Water Framework Directive(WFD) is based on such a norm-based approach

5

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

to assessing ecological status Values for physico-chemical and biological quality elements are com-pared with those lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo iewith those of the type-specific reference conditionsThe third column in Table 1 quotes from the Direc-tiversquos specifications for high quality status which isthat of the reference condition and which it seemslogical to equate with good ecosystem health How-ever finding current examples of the reference con-

ditions in European coastal seas and estuaries hasproven difficult (Hering et al 2010 Borja et al 2012)

Column 4 maps the criteria to the lsquoqualitativedescriptorsrsquo of lsquogood environmental statusrsquo (GES) inthe European Marine Strategy Framework Directive(MSFD) which takes a functional approach to goodcondition in contrast (Borja et al 2012) to the WFDrsquosnorm-referencing

Finally there is another problem to be solvedbefore using aggregation as an integrative method It

6

1 Generic component of ecosystem health

2 Ecological norm 3 WFD lsquohigh quality statusrsquo 4 MSFD lsquoqualitative descriptorsrsquo

Autochthonous primary photo-synthetic production plus import of organic matter is roughly in balance with consumption so that there is no large excess of respiration that might lead to de-oxygenation nor substantial export of unconsumed material

Life-form of primary producer is typical of ecohydrodynamic type and production is within characteristic range for undisturbed example of this type

Phytoplankton biomass to be lsquoconsistent with the type-specific physico-chemical conditionrsquo macro-algal cover and angiosperm abundance to be lsquoconsistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquo[O]xygen balance remain[s] within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(5) Human-induced eutroph-ication is minimised especially adverse effects thereof such as losses in biodiversity ecosystem degradation harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom watersrsquo

Nutrient supply cycling rates and elemental ratios are ade-quate to support community functioning and structure communities make efficient use of these resources

Nutrient seasonal cycles amounts and elemental ratios are similar to those under undisturbed conditions

lsquoNutrient concentrations remain within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Not explicitly mentioned

Sufficient biodiversity to fulfill all the necessary bio-geochem-ical roles to support species at higher trophic levels and to provide a reserve in case of loss of species keystone species flourishing where essential for community functioning there is a mixture of r- and k-adapted species and a mixture of repro-ductive and young individuals within populations

All aspects of diversity are appropriate for undisturbed example of ecosystem type as determined by climate and local (eco) hydro-dynamic conditions

lsquoThe composition and abund-ance of phytoplanktonic taxa are consistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquoAll disturbance-sensitive macroalgal and angio-sperm taxa associated with undisturbed conditions are presentrsquo lsquoThe level of diversity and abundance of invertebrate taxa is within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(1) Biological diversity is maintained The quality and occurrence of habitats and the distribution and abundance of species are in line with pre-vailing physiographic geo-graphic and climatic conditions (2) Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystemsrsquo

Community structure includes multiple trophic levels and a variety of trophic links between levels in cases where autogenic or responsive successions are important then either a sub-stantial proportion of the eco-system is in the mature state or there are no impediments to reaching such a state

Structure is that characteristic of this ecosystem type under undisturbed conditions

Not explicitly dealt with by this Directive

lsquo(4) All elements of the marine food webs to the extent that they are known occur at normal abundance and diversity and levels capable of ensuring the long-term abundance of the species and the retention of their full reproductive capacityrsquo

Individual organisms are healthy and reproductively fit not showing widespread pathol-ogies nor substantially contami-nated with pollutants nor ex-hibiting reduced resistance to disease or stress or reduced ability to detoxify

Body burden of contaminants below defined threshold no substantial differences in performance com-pared with individuals at unpolluted station

Pollutant concentrations lsquoremain within the range normally asso-ciated with undisturbed con-ditionsrsquo

lsquo(8) Concentrations of contami-nants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effectsrsquo

Table 1 Components of (good) ecosystem health according to the empirical approach and as interpreted by EU DirectivesColumn 3 gives corresponding specifications from Annex V of the EU Water Framework Directive (WFD) for lsquohigh quality sta-tusrsquo (which we equate with good health) in lsquotransitionalrsquo and lsquocoastalrsquo waters Column 4 refers to the relevant lsquoqualitative de-scriptors for determining good environmental statusrsquo in Annex I of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) which

are expanded by COM (2010)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

concerns how to combine indicators whilst (1) avoid-ing double-counting of primary variables and (2)recognising each indicatorrsquos importance in relation toecosystem function The problem is especiallymarked when aggregating over levels Do commu-nity and ecosystem effects arise linearly from aggre-gation of organism-level and population-level effectsor can species replacement sustain ecosystem func-tion even if some populations are damaged (forexample by pollution) One combinatorial strategyhas been to use weightings for example Aubry ampElliott (2006) multiplied indicators for estuarine dis-turbance by weights based on expert judgementsand Borja et al (2011) used weights based on relativeimportance and indicator reliability to combine eco-logical quality ratios for the MSFDrsquos qualitative de -scriptors of good condition into a single integratedassessment Another strategy is the precautionarylsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle used by the WFD (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010) where a water body is demotedfrom lsquogoodrsquo status if a single quality element is scoredbelow lsquogoodrsquo A general objection to all these proce-dures is that their outcomes may depend as muchon decisions made about the combinatorial rules ason the actual condition of the ecosystem (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010 Caroni et al 2013)

Health as an emergent property of complex systems

An alternative to the empirical approach is whatwe call systemic because its perspective is that ofhealth as an emergent property of the whole ecolog-ical system rather than of any of its componentsAccording to General Systems Theory (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) a system is lsquoa set of elementsstanding in interrelation among themselves and with[their] environmentrsquo The theoryrsquos principles includea subset that apply to the open complex hierarchicaland autopoiumletic systems that are exemplified byorganisms and ecosystems Living systems must beopen (to their external environment) because theyneed a throughput of matter and energy to keep theircomponents in a thermodynamically unlikely state(Schroumldinger 1944 Boulding 1956 Lovelock amp Mar-gulis 1976 Moss 2008) They can persist only if theycan maintain their internal organization and func-tions against these fluxes or are able to restore inter-nal states after perturbation Health in the systemicview is this ability a healthy system is one that main-tains its integrity and is resilient under pressureThus the concept of ecosystem health is more than ametaphor carried over from human health and it is

more than the sum of properties of components Itrefers to patterns of system behaviour that are com-mon to both organisms and ecosystems and ill-health is recognized by a breakdown of this pattern

Systems can be characterized in 2 ways (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) Internal description uses statevariables and can be exemplified for biological sys-tems by the Lotka-Volterra equations (Slobodkin1962 Hastings 1996) In a simple case the state vari-ables might be the population sizes of a predator andits prey The behaviour of even small and species-poor ecosystems is more complex than such binarysystems and many variables may be needed to represent their internal state Nevertheless whethera system is simple or complex change can be ex -pressed lsquogeometrically by the trajectories that thestate variables traverse in the state space that is then-dimensional space of possible location of thesevariablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417) Fig 1 de -

7

Cyclical variation

Long-termtrend

Annual mean

Medium-termvariation

Domain

State

State

State

StateDisturbance

Trajectory

Regime

Regimeshift

Newregime

State variable 2 (S2)

State variable 1 (S1)

ReferenceState

Euclidian distanceradic(∆S1

2 + ∆S22)

Fig 1 Definitions relating to system state variable space ex-emplified for 2 axes but generalizable to any number of di-mensions A state is represented by a point in state space atrajectory is a (temporal) sequence of states a regime is a co-herent bundle of trajectories such as those arising from sea-sonal cycles a domain is a region in state space The Euclid-ian distance gives the (shortest) scalar distance between 2points in a state space of any dimensionality The inset box

shows the 3 types of variability discussed in this paper

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20138

fines the terms used in discussing such state spacediagrams

In the case of external description the behaviour ofthe system is described in terms of interactions withwhat is outside the system often by specifying therelationship between inputs to the system and theresulting outputs Fig 2 combines a systemic viewof an ecosystem with the Driver-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (DPSIR) paradigm of Luiten (1999)as updated by Atkins et al (2011) Anthropogenicdisturbance to trans-boundary fluxes constitutes apressure resulting in changes in the (internal) stateof the system with consequent impacts on societyResilience is the system property that determines theresponse of state to a pressure change it is an emer-gent property because it cannot be localized in anyparticular component of the system

Following a review of system-based definitions ofhealth (Table S4 in Supplement 3) Costanza (1992)proposed that ecosystem health was best seen asa comprehensive multiscale dynamic hierarchicalmeasure of system resilience organization andvigour [concepts that] are embodied in the term lsquosus-tainabilityrsquo which implies the systemrsquos ability to main-tain its structure (organization) and function (vigour)over time in the face of external stress (resilience)

All 3 components are necessary (Mageau et al1995) (1) a system lacking in vigour would tend to -wards abiotic thermodynamic equilibrium (2) sys-tems with excess vigour but lsquolittle or no organizationsuch as nutrient enriched lakes hellip or early succes-sional ecosystems dominated hellip by lsquorrsquo selected spe-ciesrsquo (p 204) tend towards excessive blooms and (3)lsquocertain highly managed systems such as agricul-ture aquaculture and plantationsrsquo (p 204) lackresilience and require continuous human interventionfor their maintenance Costanza amp Mageau (1999)thought that organization might be quantifiedthrough the analysis of trophic networks (eg Ulano -wicz amp Kay 1991 Christensen amp Pauly 1992) andvigour quantified by measurements of lsquoecosystemmetabolismrsquo including its primary production

Resilience is presently seen as the key componentof system health Holling (1973) defined it as lsquoa mea-sure of the ability of [eco]systems to absorb changesof state variables driving variables and parametersrsquo(p 17) without ceasing to exist Folke et al (2004)saw resilience as lsquothe capacity of a system to absorbdisturbance and reorganize while undergoingchange so as to maintain essentially the same func-tions structure identity and feedbacksrsquo (p 558) Lossof resilience is now seen as leading to regime shift a

Humansociety

andeconomy

ECOSYSTEM

Organization

Vigour

Resilience

Resilience maintains

STATE against PRESSURES

Multiple ampalternative

trophicpathways

Co-adaptedspecies

Functional ampresponsediversity

Stabilizingfeedback

loops

Spatialheterogeneity Production Metabolism

Nutrientfluxes

Services

Trans-boundary

fluxes PRESSURES

(Eco) System boundary

Buffers

Against

IMPACTS

DRIVERS

Fig 2 A systems conceptualization of ecosystem health Ecosystem components (biota their non-living environment andtrophic and biogeochemical fluxes) are suggested by the white network Overlying this are the high-level lsquointernal descriptorsrsquoof system state organization and vigour These are responsible for the external property of resilience which buffers ecosystemstate and services against externally imposed (anthropogenic) pressures and other boundary fluxes thus maintaining system in-tegrity Health describes the ability to maintain systems integrity and it and resilience are emergent properties of the systemthey cannot be localized into any particular component At the left are listed the attributes of organization that are thought to contribute to resilience Components of vigour are shown at the base of the ecosystem box To the right is shown the matchinghuman system which together with the ecosystem makes up a social-ecological system Only endogenous pressuresmdashthose

generated within this systemmdashare shown

Tett et al Ecosystem health

change to a new internal organization rather thanextinction Holling (1973) visualized continued exis-tence as requiring trajectories in state space toremain within a basin of attraction and distinguishedresilience from lsquostabilityrsquomdashlsquothe ability of a system toreturn to equilibrium after a temporary disturbancersquo(p 17) Much sub sequent literature however hasequated lsquoresiliencersquo with Hollingrsquos stability and theability to recover after perturbation This includedElliott et al (2007) and Tett et al (2007) However itnow seems best to see resilience as having severalcomponents one of which is recovery to lsquoequilib-riumrsquo bearing in mind that the restored equilibriummay be dynamic or correspond to a complex attractorin state space (Gowen et al 2012) Other componentsof resilience (Walker et al 2004) are resistance topressure and latitude the greatest amount that asystem can change before losing its ability to regain(or remain in) its original regime and correspondingto the size of Hollingrsquos lsquobasin of attractionrsquo

Like Scheffer et al (2001) Folke et al (2004)argued that anthropogenic disturbance to ecosys-tems reduces resilience and increases the chances ofregime shift This leads to the metaphor of the lsquocliffrsquoin pressure-state diagrams (Fig 3) (Elliott et al 2007Tett et al 2007 van de Koppel et al 2008) The para-digm in such diagrams is that natural ecosystems areresilient and so resistant to anthropogenic pressuresBeyond a certain level of pressure however there is

a danger of ecosystem collapse from which it mightbe difficult to recover speedily (or at all) to the origi-nal conditions An alternative metaphor (Fig 4) isthat of a stability landscape in which a ball (repre-senting system state) rolls to the lowest point in thevalley but can be displaced into other valleys eitherby change in the landscape or by increased move-ment of the ball (Scheffer et al 2001 Walker et al2004) Duarte et al (2009) pointed to the problem oflsquoshifting baselinesrsquo encountered when attempting toreturn an ecosystem to a prior state such as thatexisting before eutrophication They illustrated theproblem with plots of state against pressure (corre-sponding to Fig 3) but it could also be seen in termsof the changes in the topography of the landscape inFig 4 Finally Scheffer et al (2009) suggested thatsystems (such as ecosystems but also economies)showed an increase in variability as they approachedlsquocritical transitionsrsquo between regimes

The idea of panarchy (Gunderson amp Holling 2002Holling 2004) is that on any particular spatial scalesystems naturally go through periods of collapse andrecovery During recovery a system can adapt tochanged circumstances because post-collapse con-ditions can select for different species (in an ecosys-tem) or different institutions (in a society) The con-cept of panarchy also includes the interactions of

9

External pressure (P)

Ecosystem state (S)

Recovery(as pressuredecreases)

Resistance (to increasing pressure)

Collapsesystem hasexceededlsquoelastic limitrsquo

Latitude

Offset(may bedeemedto be aregimeshift)

Hyster-esis

ΔSΔP

Compliance = ndashΔSΔP

Degraded state

Ecosystemservices

Fig 3 The cliff metaphor for change in ecosystem state(modified from Elliott et al 2007 and Tett et al 2007) used toillustrate resilience components (Walker et al 2004) in termsof the effects of external pressure (P) on ecosystem conditionor state (S) Latitude is shown as analogous to the lsquoelasticlimitrsquo of a mechanical system Beyond this limit the systemdeformation no longer changes linearly with pressure Com-pliance is the ratio of state change to pressure change and

thus is the inverse of resistance

Increasing pressure

Decreasing pressure

System distancefrom equilbrium

Equilbrium(attractor)

Criticalpoint

lsquoRange of environmentalconditionsrsquo (Krebs 1988)

Basin ofattraction 1 Basin of

attraction 2

Greater variabilitynear critical point

(Scheffer et al 2009)

Regime shift

Recovery

Disturbance

Fig 4 The landscape metaphor for stability and regime shift(Holling 1973) The ball representing ecosystem statemoves between valleys denoting different regimes follow-ing disturbance to the ball (Krebs 1988) or changes in thelandscape (Scheffer et al 2001) In the metaphor stabilizingeffects are likened to gravity In mathematical terms stabil-ity is the result of the systemrsquos tendency to move towards an

attractor state shown at the bottom of each basin

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health 3

Attractor a point or repeating trajectory in state space towhich a system tends

Autopoiumletic [a] self-making or self-maintaining [system](Varela amp Maturana 1980)

Basin of attraction lsquoa region in state space in which thesystem tends to remainrsquo (Walker et al 2004 p 3)

Biodiversity the phenotypic variability amongst organ-isms within an ecosystem and the genetic basis of thatvariability cf lsquoincludes diversity within speciesbetween species and of ecosystemsrsquo (Article 2 Conven-tion on Biological Diversity 1992 wwwcbdintconven-tiontextdefaultshtml)

Biome lsquoa distinctive combination of plants and animals ina fully developed or climax community characterizedby a uniform life form of vegetation [and including]developmental stagesrsquo (Smith 1992) extended to refer tothe combination expected under particular ecohydro -dynamic conditions

Community the biota in an ecosystem as distinct from theabiotic environment ie the organisms or species andthe trophic links amongst them

Compliance the ratio of ecosystem state change to (exter-nal) pressure change (Fig 3) the inverse of resistance(to pressure) in the elasticity analogue for resilience(Supplement 6)

Complex (a system with) sufficient components and inter-actions to exhibit emergent properties or behavioursuch as non-linearity homeostasis or autopoiumlesis oftenas a result of nested sub-systems (hierarchy) and feed-back loops

Connectance lsquothe fraction of all possible links that arerealized in a [trophic] networkrsquo (Dunne et al 2002)

Connectivity refers to spatial links allowing exchanges ofindividuals or genetic materials amongst meta-popula-tions (Steneck amp Wilson 2010) and of materials andenergy amongst habitats or sub-regions within an eco-system (Dakos et al 2010)

CPR Continuous Plankton Recorder towed by ships ofopportunity to sample plankton (Richardson et al 2006)

Domain a defined region in [an ecosystem] state space

DPSIR acronym for Driver (within society)-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (within society) paradigm originallyby Luiten (1999) updated by Atkins et al (2011)

Ecohydrodynamic the physical conditions that select forspecies and communities in the sea including waterdepth stirring and stratifying tendencies light penetra-tion and sediment type (Tett et al 2007)

Ecological quality ratio the ratio (between 0 and 1) of thevalue of an ecological indicator to the value under goodconditions

Ecological status lsquoan expression of the quality of the struc-ture and functioning of aquatic ecosystems associatedwith surface watersrsquo (WFD article 221 amp Annex V)

Ecosystem lsquothe system composed of the physical-chemi-cal-biological processes active within a space-time unitof any magnitude ie the biotic community plus its abiotic environmentrsquo (Lindeman 1942 p 400)

Emergent property (system) behaviors that cannot beidentified through functional decomposition (Johnson2006) and that are more than the sum of the systemrsquosparts even if explicable in terms of within-system pro-cesses (OrsquoConnor amp Wong 2009)

Empirical (conceptualization of ecosystem health) a viewof ecosystems as the sum of their parts and hence able tobe simulated by mechanistic models cf systemic

Empirical model a model that even if theory-based hasits parameter values adjusted to best fit simulations toobservations cf mechanistic model

Endogenous (pressure) generated within the local social-ecological system and hence susceptible to local man-agement in contrast exogenous pressures are exter-nally generated and local management can only dealwith the consequences (Elliott 2011)

Environment (1) the abiotic component of an ecosystem(cf community) (2) what lies outside a given system

ERSEM European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model amechanistic model for marine ecosystems includingpelagic and benthic components (Baretta et al 1995Baretta-Bekker amp Baretta 1997)

Euclidian distance the scalar distance between 2 points instate space calculated from the square root of the sum ofsquares of the distance along each axis

External description (of a system) properties of the systemthat characterize its holistic behavior when seen fromoutside

Functional-group diversity the sets of species (or compo-nents of biodiversity) responsible for ecosystem func-tions the sets correspond to benthic guilds or pelagiclifeforms

Functional-response diversity biodiversity contributing todifferent responses to environmental change within afunctional group

GES Good Environmental Status as defined in Article 35of the MSFD which includes the requirement that lsquothestructure functions and processes of the constituentmarine ecosystems allow those ecosystems to functionfully and to maintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo

GETM General Estuarine Transport Model (wwwgetmeu)a hydrodynamic model designed for use in shelf seasincluding those with significant intertidal areas

Granularity the existence nature and scale of spatialpatchiness within an ecosystem

Hierarchy (or hierarchical system) arrangements where bysystems contain subsystems the emergent properties ofthe latter contribute to the functioning of the main sys-tem which provides boundary conditions for the subsys-tems see also panarchy

Impact the consequences of ecosystem state change onservices to human societies

Integrity (of a system with open boundaries) what main-tains the distinctiveness between a system and what isoutside it

Internal description (of a system) description in terms ofsystem components and connections eg in terms of aset of state variables

k-adapted (species) slow in growth but efficient atresource acquisition cf r-adapted

Box 1 Glossary of key terms relating to ecosystem health The definitions are those used in this article unless otherwise qualified The terms are italicized here on the first substantive use in the text and sometimes thereafter

(Box continues on next page)

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20134

Latitude the greatest amount that a system can changebefore losing its ability to regain or remain within itsoriginal regime (Walker et al 2004)

Lifeform a set of species (not necessarily taxonomicallyrelated) that play similar roles in ecosystem functioneg lsquoalgal silicon usersrsquo such as diatoms and silicoflagel-lates

Mechanistic model equations and parameters assembledfrom hypotheses validated in controlled experiments cfem pirical model

MVA (MultiVariate Analysis) statistical methods for ana -lysing relationships amongst multiple variables includ-ing PCA

MSFD the European Marine Strategy Framework Direc-tive 200856EC (Official Journal of the EuropeanUnion [2008] L16419minus40)

Net primary production formation of organic material byphotosynthesis net of respiratory losses by the sameorganisms over the time-period considered in the caseof the model-simulated production reported here photo-synthesis and respiration have been integrated over thewater column and the day-night cycle

Open of a system whose boundaries allow inputs andoroutputs

Organization the types and arrangements or interconnec-tions of the components of a system cf vigour

Panarchy a view of dynamic systems (including ecosys-tems) as made up of nested or linked subsystems cyclingadaptively through development and collapse (Holling2004)

PCA Principal Component Analysis which converts a setof observations of possibly correlated variables into asmaller set of values of linearly uncorrelated variablescalled lsquoprincipal componentsrsquo

Precariousness the closeness of a system to the state atwhich resilience collapses and a regime shift occurs(Walker et al 2004) the edge of the lsquobasin of attractionrsquo(Holling 1973) the edge of the lsquocliffrsquo or the lsquoelastic limitrsquo

Pressure (1) a link in the DPSIR chain (Luiten 1999) refer-ring to external (anthropogenic) pressure on an ecosys-tem (2) the human-altered influxes outflows and distur-bances acting on an ecosystem in either casedimensionally undefined

Principal axis (or component) a line drawn through a set ofpoints in a multivariable space so as to minimize the scatter of points about it (typically by minimizing thesum-of-squares of deviations) see PCA

Production the formation of new organic matter at a giventrophic level

Qualitative descriptor 1 of 11 components listed in AnnexI of the MSFD as determining the characteristics of GES

r-adapted (species) populations capable of rapid increasebut inefficient at resource acquisition and liable to highpredation cf k-adapted

Recovery return towards undisturbed system state aspressure is relaxed as a component of resilience thecapability of a system to recover

Regime a bundle of trajectories in system state spaceRegime shift a substantial and persistent change in eco-

system state condition or regime that involves manyecosystem components impacts substantially on serv-ices and in systems theory is explained by a shift to anew attractor

Resilience lsquothe capacity of a system to absorb disturbanceand reorganize while undergoing change so as to main-tain essentially the same functions structure identityand feedbacksrsquo (Folke et al 2004)

Resistance one of the components of resiliencemdasha meas-ure of difficulty in moving a system within a basin ofattraction (Walker et al 2004) lsquothe ability of an ecosys-tem to resist displacement from its reference state dur-ing a perturbation stressrsquo (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Scalar variability describes the variability of system stateabout a long-term trend when both are expressed asEuclidian distance using self-standardized variables

SEM (Structural Equation Modelling) a statistical methodaimed at eliciting a group of factors and connections orrelations that best fits a data set (Hox amp Bechger 1998)

(Ecosystem) services the natural capitals (eg fish stocks)and functions (eg nutrient cycling) used to benefithuman well-being (Atkins et al 2011)

SMP (UK) Sea-bird monitoring programme (jnccdefragov uk page-1550)

Social-ecological system a linked system of people andnature (Berkes amp Folke 1998) a spatially-boundedregion containing an ecosystem and a social systeminteracting with each other (Tett et al 2013)

Stability the tendency for system state to remain near anattractor in state space

Stability landscape metaphor in which the state of an eco-system is represented by the position of a ball in anundulating landscape

State (1) (of a system) a single set of values of a set ofstate variables sufficient to specify the systemrsquos condi-tion uniquely and plotting to a point in the correspon-ding state space (2) lsquothe state of the environmentrsquo(external to human society) as affected by pressure(Luiten 1999)

State space lsquothe n-dimensional space of possible locationsof [state] variablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417)

State variable a quantification of a system property

Status the condition of (all or part of) an ecosystemassessed relative to a norm

System lsquoa set of elements standing in interrelation amongthemselves and with [their] environmentrsquo (von Berta-lanffy 1972)

Systemic (conceptualization of ecosystem health) basedon a view of ecosystems in accordance with GeneralSystems Theory (von Bertalanffy 1972) and allowing foremergent properties such as resilience cf empirical

Trajectory a sequence of system states plotted in state space

Type-specific reference conditions in the WFD (AnnexesII amp V) the conditions lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Variability (in state space) has 3 components semi-cycli-cal (eg associated with seasonal cycles and classed aspart of organization) medium-term (about a trend) andlong-term (ie a trend) (Fig 1)

Vigour the ability of a system to maintain or renew itsorganization by drawing on production (Costanza 1992vigor)

WFD the European Water Framework Directive 200060EC (Official Journal of the European Communities[2000] L3271ndash72)

Box 1 (continued)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

more restricted aims of species and habitat conserva-tion) is harder to define

A further complication arises if sustainability isseen as a property or goal of lsquosocial-ecological sys-temsrsquo (Berkes amp Folke 1998) which have psychologi-cal and social dimensions as well as physical exis-tence (Tett et al 2013) Although both ecologicalknowledge and preferences for certain states of eco-systems lie in the mental and social worlds it isimportant to distinguish social values from ecologicalfacts and theories because they relate to differentsorts of lsquovalidity claimsrsquo (Habermas 1984) This doesnot mean that ecological knowledge should only beused instrumentally to guide actions decided bypolitical processes (Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin2004) Our view is that science must inform debate aswell as help implement its outcome Exploring themeaning of lsquothe healthrsquo of ecosystems in terms oftheir structure and function can show why aiming atlsquogood ecosystem healthrsquo might be good for societiesusing services from these ecosystems (Atkins et al2011)

Ecosystem health as a metaphor

Metaphors are important in human speech andthought (Pinker 2007) They can help to explain com-plex things such as ecosystems that cannot be ade-quately described in terms drawn from direct humanexperience But they can be ambiguous misleadingwhen the metaphor is confused with reality and dan-gerous when used to guide action

Human health is an attractive metaphor for ecosys-tem condition because there is a universal under-standing of what it means to be well to be free fromillness to function well to be vigorous to resist andrecover from disease to maintain physical and men-tal integrity in the face of stress That is to say to bein a socially and individually desired conditiondefined by a certain range of physiological and psy-chological states and to be able to maintain that con-dition or to recover it after disturbance

The metaphor has aided ecologists in conceptualizingecosystem functioning as well as explaining ecosystemcondition to the general public and suggesting regula-tory goals to government But it may be dangerous(Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin 2004) if it allows per-sonal or sectoral values to be intruded into what areclaimed as objective assessments Thus there is a needto consider whether and to what extent the compo-nents of human health map to those of ecosystemhealth

Ecosystem health as an aggregate property

One approach to a definition is to see health not asa single property of an ecosystem but as an aggre-gate of contributions from organisms species andprocesses within a defined area We will refer to thisapproach as empirical because although not with-out theoretical content it is based largely on expertobservations of ecosystems

Elliott (2011) listed 6 levels of biological organiza-tion each of which could be termed healthy or un -healthy cell tissue organism population communityand ecosystem At the level of organisms themeaning of lsquohealthrsquo seems unambiguous and identicalwith that of human physical well-being At the nextlevel health concerns the viability of populations orspecies At the level of communities and ecosystemsthe argument becomes more complex Elliott (2011)described lsquocommunity healthrsquo as that of an assemblageof organisms that can continue to function in terms of inter-species relationships and lsquoecosystem healthrsquo asproviding protection against the lsquoeco system patholo-giesrsquo of Harding (1992) and McLusky amp Elliott (2004)(Table S2 in Supplement 2) Monitoring at this levelallows lsquodetection of things going wrongrsquo against abackground of system variability (Elliott 2011) EarlierOdum (1985) had listed trends expected in lsquostressedecosystemsrsquo (Table S3 in Supplement 2) basing theseon a conceptual model of ecosystem succession underundisturbed conditions (Odum 1969) We have drawnon these 2 sets of ill-health diagnostics as the basis forthe empirical and aggregatable criteria for marineecosystem health in Table 1

The first column in Table 1 provides generic criteriaHowever there are several types of marine ecosys-tems each with their characteristic lifeforms of pri-mary producers and each linked to particular ecohy-drodynamic (Tett et al 2007) and climatic conditionsCriteria that are applicable across all these typesmight provide little guidance in managing pressureson a particular type For example biodi ver sity is natu-rally low in the physically stressed en vironment of estuaries (Elliott amp Quintino 2007) where biomass canbe high as a result of inputs of allo chthonous organicmatter (Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) In contrast the oligo-trophic waters of the eastern Mediterranean support ahigh diversity of pelagic micro-algae (Ignatiades et al2009) Thus there is need for the ecological norms ofcolumn 2 which link the general criteria to whatmight be ex pected in a particular ecosystem underundisturbed conditions

The European Union Water Framework Directive(WFD) is based on such a norm-based approach

5

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

to assessing ecological status Values for physico-chemical and biological quality elements are com-pared with those lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo iewith those of the type-specific reference conditionsThe third column in Table 1 quotes from the Direc-tiversquos specifications for high quality status which isthat of the reference condition and which it seemslogical to equate with good ecosystem health How-ever finding current examples of the reference con-

ditions in European coastal seas and estuaries hasproven difficult (Hering et al 2010 Borja et al 2012)

Column 4 maps the criteria to the lsquoqualitativedescriptorsrsquo of lsquogood environmental statusrsquo (GES) inthe European Marine Strategy Framework Directive(MSFD) which takes a functional approach to goodcondition in contrast (Borja et al 2012) to the WFDrsquosnorm-referencing

Finally there is another problem to be solvedbefore using aggregation as an integrative method It

6

1 Generic component of ecosystem health

2 Ecological norm 3 WFD lsquohigh quality statusrsquo 4 MSFD lsquoqualitative descriptorsrsquo

Autochthonous primary photo-synthetic production plus import of organic matter is roughly in balance with consumption so that there is no large excess of respiration that might lead to de-oxygenation nor substantial export of unconsumed material

Life-form of primary producer is typical of ecohydrodynamic type and production is within characteristic range for undisturbed example of this type

Phytoplankton biomass to be lsquoconsistent with the type-specific physico-chemical conditionrsquo macro-algal cover and angiosperm abundance to be lsquoconsistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquo[O]xygen balance remain[s] within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(5) Human-induced eutroph-ication is minimised especially adverse effects thereof such as losses in biodiversity ecosystem degradation harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom watersrsquo

Nutrient supply cycling rates and elemental ratios are ade-quate to support community functioning and structure communities make efficient use of these resources

Nutrient seasonal cycles amounts and elemental ratios are similar to those under undisturbed conditions

lsquoNutrient concentrations remain within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Not explicitly mentioned

Sufficient biodiversity to fulfill all the necessary bio-geochem-ical roles to support species at higher trophic levels and to provide a reserve in case of loss of species keystone species flourishing where essential for community functioning there is a mixture of r- and k-adapted species and a mixture of repro-ductive and young individuals within populations

All aspects of diversity are appropriate for undisturbed example of ecosystem type as determined by climate and local (eco) hydro-dynamic conditions

lsquoThe composition and abund-ance of phytoplanktonic taxa are consistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquoAll disturbance-sensitive macroalgal and angio-sperm taxa associated with undisturbed conditions are presentrsquo lsquoThe level of diversity and abundance of invertebrate taxa is within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(1) Biological diversity is maintained The quality and occurrence of habitats and the distribution and abundance of species are in line with pre-vailing physiographic geo-graphic and climatic conditions (2) Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystemsrsquo

Community structure includes multiple trophic levels and a variety of trophic links between levels in cases where autogenic or responsive successions are important then either a sub-stantial proportion of the eco-system is in the mature state or there are no impediments to reaching such a state

Structure is that characteristic of this ecosystem type under undisturbed conditions

Not explicitly dealt with by this Directive

lsquo(4) All elements of the marine food webs to the extent that they are known occur at normal abundance and diversity and levels capable of ensuring the long-term abundance of the species and the retention of their full reproductive capacityrsquo

Individual organisms are healthy and reproductively fit not showing widespread pathol-ogies nor substantially contami-nated with pollutants nor ex-hibiting reduced resistance to disease or stress or reduced ability to detoxify

Body burden of contaminants below defined threshold no substantial differences in performance com-pared with individuals at unpolluted station

Pollutant concentrations lsquoremain within the range normally asso-ciated with undisturbed con-ditionsrsquo

lsquo(8) Concentrations of contami-nants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effectsrsquo

Table 1 Components of (good) ecosystem health according to the empirical approach and as interpreted by EU DirectivesColumn 3 gives corresponding specifications from Annex V of the EU Water Framework Directive (WFD) for lsquohigh quality sta-tusrsquo (which we equate with good health) in lsquotransitionalrsquo and lsquocoastalrsquo waters Column 4 refers to the relevant lsquoqualitative de-scriptors for determining good environmental statusrsquo in Annex I of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) which

are expanded by COM (2010)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

concerns how to combine indicators whilst (1) avoid-ing double-counting of primary variables and (2)recognising each indicatorrsquos importance in relation toecosystem function The problem is especiallymarked when aggregating over levels Do commu-nity and ecosystem effects arise linearly from aggre-gation of organism-level and population-level effectsor can species replacement sustain ecosystem func-tion even if some populations are damaged (forexample by pollution) One combinatorial strategyhas been to use weightings for example Aubry ampElliott (2006) multiplied indicators for estuarine dis-turbance by weights based on expert judgementsand Borja et al (2011) used weights based on relativeimportance and indicator reliability to combine eco-logical quality ratios for the MSFDrsquos qualitative de -scriptors of good condition into a single integratedassessment Another strategy is the precautionarylsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle used by the WFD (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010) where a water body is demotedfrom lsquogoodrsquo status if a single quality element is scoredbelow lsquogoodrsquo A general objection to all these proce-dures is that their outcomes may depend as muchon decisions made about the combinatorial rules ason the actual condition of the ecosystem (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010 Caroni et al 2013)

Health as an emergent property of complex systems

An alternative to the empirical approach is whatwe call systemic because its perspective is that ofhealth as an emergent property of the whole ecolog-ical system rather than of any of its componentsAccording to General Systems Theory (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) a system is lsquoa set of elementsstanding in interrelation among themselves and with[their] environmentrsquo The theoryrsquos principles includea subset that apply to the open complex hierarchicaland autopoiumletic systems that are exemplified byorganisms and ecosystems Living systems must beopen (to their external environment) because theyneed a throughput of matter and energy to keep theircomponents in a thermodynamically unlikely state(Schroumldinger 1944 Boulding 1956 Lovelock amp Mar-gulis 1976 Moss 2008) They can persist only if theycan maintain their internal organization and func-tions against these fluxes or are able to restore inter-nal states after perturbation Health in the systemicview is this ability a healthy system is one that main-tains its integrity and is resilient under pressureThus the concept of ecosystem health is more than ametaphor carried over from human health and it is

more than the sum of properties of components Itrefers to patterns of system behaviour that are com-mon to both organisms and ecosystems and ill-health is recognized by a breakdown of this pattern

Systems can be characterized in 2 ways (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) Internal description uses statevariables and can be exemplified for biological sys-tems by the Lotka-Volterra equations (Slobodkin1962 Hastings 1996) In a simple case the state vari-ables might be the population sizes of a predator andits prey The behaviour of even small and species-poor ecosystems is more complex than such binarysystems and many variables may be needed to represent their internal state Nevertheless whethera system is simple or complex change can be ex -pressed lsquogeometrically by the trajectories that thestate variables traverse in the state space that is then-dimensional space of possible location of thesevariablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417) Fig 1 de -

7

Cyclical variation

Long-termtrend

Annual mean

Medium-termvariation

Domain

State

State

State

StateDisturbance

Trajectory

Regime

Regimeshift

Newregime

State variable 2 (S2)

State variable 1 (S1)

ReferenceState

Euclidian distanceradic(∆S1

2 + ∆S22)

Fig 1 Definitions relating to system state variable space ex-emplified for 2 axes but generalizable to any number of di-mensions A state is represented by a point in state space atrajectory is a (temporal) sequence of states a regime is a co-herent bundle of trajectories such as those arising from sea-sonal cycles a domain is a region in state space The Euclid-ian distance gives the (shortest) scalar distance between 2points in a state space of any dimensionality The inset box

shows the 3 types of variability discussed in this paper

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20138

fines the terms used in discussing such state spacediagrams

In the case of external description the behaviour ofthe system is described in terms of interactions withwhat is outside the system often by specifying therelationship between inputs to the system and theresulting outputs Fig 2 combines a systemic viewof an ecosystem with the Driver-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (DPSIR) paradigm of Luiten (1999)as updated by Atkins et al (2011) Anthropogenicdisturbance to trans-boundary fluxes constitutes apressure resulting in changes in the (internal) stateof the system with consequent impacts on societyResilience is the system property that determines theresponse of state to a pressure change it is an emer-gent property because it cannot be localized in anyparticular component of the system

Following a review of system-based definitions ofhealth (Table S4 in Supplement 3) Costanza (1992)proposed that ecosystem health was best seen asa comprehensive multiscale dynamic hierarchicalmeasure of system resilience organization andvigour [concepts that] are embodied in the term lsquosus-tainabilityrsquo which implies the systemrsquos ability to main-tain its structure (organization) and function (vigour)over time in the face of external stress (resilience)

All 3 components are necessary (Mageau et al1995) (1) a system lacking in vigour would tend to -wards abiotic thermodynamic equilibrium (2) sys-tems with excess vigour but lsquolittle or no organizationsuch as nutrient enriched lakes hellip or early succes-sional ecosystems dominated hellip by lsquorrsquo selected spe-ciesrsquo (p 204) tend towards excessive blooms and (3)lsquocertain highly managed systems such as agricul-ture aquaculture and plantationsrsquo (p 204) lackresilience and require continuous human interventionfor their maintenance Costanza amp Mageau (1999)thought that organization might be quantifiedthrough the analysis of trophic networks (eg Ulano -wicz amp Kay 1991 Christensen amp Pauly 1992) andvigour quantified by measurements of lsquoecosystemmetabolismrsquo including its primary production

Resilience is presently seen as the key componentof system health Holling (1973) defined it as lsquoa mea-sure of the ability of [eco]systems to absorb changesof state variables driving variables and parametersrsquo(p 17) without ceasing to exist Folke et al (2004)saw resilience as lsquothe capacity of a system to absorbdisturbance and reorganize while undergoingchange so as to maintain essentially the same func-tions structure identity and feedbacksrsquo (p 558) Lossof resilience is now seen as leading to regime shift a

Humansociety

andeconomy

ECOSYSTEM

Organization

Vigour

Resilience

Resilience maintains

STATE against PRESSURES

Multiple ampalternative

trophicpathways

Co-adaptedspecies

Functional ampresponsediversity

Stabilizingfeedback

loops

Spatialheterogeneity Production Metabolism

Nutrientfluxes

Services

Trans-boundary

fluxes PRESSURES

(Eco) System boundary

Buffers

Against

IMPACTS

DRIVERS

Fig 2 A systems conceptualization of ecosystem health Ecosystem components (biota their non-living environment andtrophic and biogeochemical fluxes) are suggested by the white network Overlying this are the high-level lsquointernal descriptorsrsquoof system state organization and vigour These are responsible for the external property of resilience which buffers ecosystemstate and services against externally imposed (anthropogenic) pressures and other boundary fluxes thus maintaining system in-tegrity Health describes the ability to maintain systems integrity and it and resilience are emergent properties of the systemthey cannot be localized into any particular component At the left are listed the attributes of organization that are thought to contribute to resilience Components of vigour are shown at the base of the ecosystem box To the right is shown the matchinghuman system which together with the ecosystem makes up a social-ecological system Only endogenous pressuresmdashthose

generated within this systemmdashare shown

Tett et al Ecosystem health

change to a new internal organization rather thanextinction Holling (1973) visualized continued exis-tence as requiring trajectories in state space toremain within a basin of attraction and distinguishedresilience from lsquostabilityrsquomdashlsquothe ability of a system toreturn to equilibrium after a temporary disturbancersquo(p 17) Much sub sequent literature however hasequated lsquoresiliencersquo with Hollingrsquos stability and theability to recover after perturbation This includedElliott et al (2007) and Tett et al (2007) However itnow seems best to see resilience as having severalcomponents one of which is recovery to lsquoequilib-riumrsquo bearing in mind that the restored equilibriummay be dynamic or correspond to a complex attractorin state space (Gowen et al 2012) Other componentsof resilience (Walker et al 2004) are resistance topressure and latitude the greatest amount that asystem can change before losing its ability to regain(or remain in) its original regime and correspondingto the size of Hollingrsquos lsquobasin of attractionrsquo

Like Scheffer et al (2001) Folke et al (2004)argued that anthropogenic disturbance to ecosys-tems reduces resilience and increases the chances ofregime shift This leads to the metaphor of the lsquocliffrsquoin pressure-state diagrams (Fig 3) (Elliott et al 2007Tett et al 2007 van de Koppel et al 2008) The para-digm in such diagrams is that natural ecosystems areresilient and so resistant to anthropogenic pressuresBeyond a certain level of pressure however there is

a danger of ecosystem collapse from which it mightbe difficult to recover speedily (or at all) to the origi-nal conditions An alternative metaphor (Fig 4) isthat of a stability landscape in which a ball (repre-senting system state) rolls to the lowest point in thevalley but can be displaced into other valleys eitherby change in the landscape or by increased move-ment of the ball (Scheffer et al 2001 Walker et al2004) Duarte et al (2009) pointed to the problem oflsquoshifting baselinesrsquo encountered when attempting toreturn an ecosystem to a prior state such as thatexisting before eutrophication They illustrated theproblem with plots of state against pressure (corre-sponding to Fig 3) but it could also be seen in termsof the changes in the topography of the landscape inFig 4 Finally Scheffer et al (2009) suggested thatsystems (such as ecosystems but also economies)showed an increase in variability as they approachedlsquocritical transitionsrsquo between regimes

The idea of panarchy (Gunderson amp Holling 2002Holling 2004) is that on any particular spatial scalesystems naturally go through periods of collapse andrecovery During recovery a system can adapt tochanged circumstances because post-collapse con-ditions can select for different species (in an ecosys-tem) or different institutions (in a society) The con-cept of panarchy also includes the interactions of

9

External pressure (P)

Ecosystem state (S)

Recovery(as pressuredecreases)

Resistance (to increasing pressure)

Collapsesystem hasexceededlsquoelastic limitrsquo

Latitude

Offset(may bedeemedto be aregimeshift)

Hyster-esis

ΔSΔP

Compliance = ndashΔSΔP

Degraded state

Ecosystemservices

Fig 3 The cliff metaphor for change in ecosystem state(modified from Elliott et al 2007 and Tett et al 2007) used toillustrate resilience components (Walker et al 2004) in termsof the effects of external pressure (P) on ecosystem conditionor state (S) Latitude is shown as analogous to the lsquoelasticlimitrsquo of a mechanical system Beyond this limit the systemdeformation no longer changes linearly with pressure Com-pliance is the ratio of state change to pressure change and

thus is the inverse of resistance

Increasing pressure

Decreasing pressure

System distancefrom equilbrium

Equilbrium(attractor)

Criticalpoint

lsquoRange of environmentalconditionsrsquo (Krebs 1988)

Basin ofattraction 1 Basin of

attraction 2

Greater variabilitynear critical point

(Scheffer et al 2009)

Regime shift

Recovery

Disturbance

Fig 4 The landscape metaphor for stability and regime shift(Holling 1973) The ball representing ecosystem statemoves between valleys denoting different regimes follow-ing disturbance to the ball (Krebs 1988) or changes in thelandscape (Scheffer et al 2001) In the metaphor stabilizingeffects are likened to gravity In mathematical terms stabil-ity is the result of the systemrsquos tendency to move towards an

attractor state shown at the bottom of each basin

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20134

Latitude the greatest amount that a system can changebefore losing its ability to regain or remain within itsoriginal regime (Walker et al 2004)

Lifeform a set of species (not necessarily taxonomicallyrelated) that play similar roles in ecosystem functioneg lsquoalgal silicon usersrsquo such as diatoms and silicoflagel-lates

Mechanistic model equations and parameters assembledfrom hypotheses validated in controlled experiments cfem pirical model

MVA (MultiVariate Analysis) statistical methods for ana -lysing relationships amongst multiple variables includ-ing PCA

MSFD the European Marine Strategy Framework Direc-tive 200856EC (Official Journal of the EuropeanUnion [2008] L16419minus40)

Net primary production formation of organic material byphotosynthesis net of respiratory losses by the sameorganisms over the time-period considered in the caseof the model-simulated production reported here photo-synthesis and respiration have been integrated over thewater column and the day-night cycle

Open of a system whose boundaries allow inputs andoroutputs

Organization the types and arrangements or interconnec-tions of the components of a system cf vigour

Panarchy a view of dynamic systems (including ecosys-tems) as made up of nested or linked subsystems cyclingadaptively through development and collapse (Holling2004)

PCA Principal Component Analysis which converts a setof observations of possibly correlated variables into asmaller set of values of linearly uncorrelated variablescalled lsquoprincipal componentsrsquo

Precariousness the closeness of a system to the state atwhich resilience collapses and a regime shift occurs(Walker et al 2004) the edge of the lsquobasin of attractionrsquo(Holling 1973) the edge of the lsquocliffrsquo or the lsquoelastic limitrsquo

Pressure (1) a link in the DPSIR chain (Luiten 1999) refer-ring to external (anthropogenic) pressure on an ecosys-tem (2) the human-altered influxes outflows and distur-bances acting on an ecosystem in either casedimensionally undefined

Principal axis (or component) a line drawn through a set ofpoints in a multivariable space so as to minimize the scatter of points about it (typically by minimizing thesum-of-squares of deviations) see PCA

Production the formation of new organic matter at a giventrophic level

Qualitative descriptor 1 of 11 components listed in AnnexI of the MSFD as determining the characteristics of GES

r-adapted (species) populations capable of rapid increasebut inefficient at resource acquisition and liable to highpredation cf k-adapted

Recovery return towards undisturbed system state aspressure is relaxed as a component of resilience thecapability of a system to recover

Regime a bundle of trajectories in system state spaceRegime shift a substantial and persistent change in eco-

system state condition or regime that involves manyecosystem components impacts substantially on serv-ices and in systems theory is explained by a shift to anew attractor

Resilience lsquothe capacity of a system to absorb disturbanceand reorganize while undergoing change so as to main-tain essentially the same functions structure identityand feedbacksrsquo (Folke et al 2004)

Resistance one of the components of resiliencemdasha meas-ure of difficulty in moving a system within a basin ofattraction (Walker et al 2004) lsquothe ability of an ecosys-tem to resist displacement from its reference state dur-ing a perturbation stressrsquo (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Scalar variability describes the variability of system stateabout a long-term trend when both are expressed asEuclidian distance using self-standardized variables

SEM (Structural Equation Modelling) a statistical methodaimed at eliciting a group of factors and connections orrelations that best fits a data set (Hox amp Bechger 1998)

(Ecosystem) services the natural capitals (eg fish stocks)and functions (eg nutrient cycling) used to benefithuman well-being (Atkins et al 2011)

SMP (UK) Sea-bird monitoring programme (jnccdefragov uk page-1550)

Social-ecological system a linked system of people andnature (Berkes amp Folke 1998) a spatially-boundedregion containing an ecosystem and a social systeminteracting with each other (Tett et al 2013)

Stability the tendency for system state to remain near anattractor in state space

Stability landscape metaphor in which the state of an eco-system is represented by the position of a ball in anundulating landscape

State (1) (of a system) a single set of values of a set ofstate variables sufficient to specify the systemrsquos condi-tion uniquely and plotting to a point in the correspon-ding state space (2) lsquothe state of the environmentrsquo(external to human society) as affected by pressure(Luiten 1999)

State space lsquothe n-dimensional space of possible locationsof [state] variablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417)

State variable a quantification of a system property

Status the condition of (all or part of) an ecosystemassessed relative to a norm

System lsquoa set of elements standing in interrelation amongthemselves and with [their] environmentrsquo (von Berta-lanffy 1972)

Systemic (conceptualization of ecosystem health) basedon a view of ecosystems in accordance with GeneralSystems Theory (von Bertalanffy 1972) and allowing foremergent properties such as resilience cf empirical

Trajectory a sequence of system states plotted in state space

Type-specific reference conditions in the WFD (AnnexesII amp V) the conditions lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Variability (in state space) has 3 components semi-cycli-cal (eg associated with seasonal cycles and classed aspart of organization) medium-term (about a trend) andlong-term (ie a trend) (Fig 1)

Vigour the ability of a system to maintain or renew itsorganization by drawing on production (Costanza 1992vigor)

WFD the European Water Framework Directive 200060EC (Official Journal of the European Communities[2000] L3271ndash72)

Box 1 (continued)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

more restricted aims of species and habitat conserva-tion) is harder to define

A further complication arises if sustainability isseen as a property or goal of lsquosocial-ecological sys-temsrsquo (Berkes amp Folke 1998) which have psychologi-cal and social dimensions as well as physical exis-tence (Tett et al 2013) Although both ecologicalknowledge and preferences for certain states of eco-systems lie in the mental and social worlds it isimportant to distinguish social values from ecologicalfacts and theories because they relate to differentsorts of lsquovalidity claimsrsquo (Habermas 1984) This doesnot mean that ecological knowledge should only beused instrumentally to guide actions decided bypolitical processes (Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin2004) Our view is that science must inform debate aswell as help implement its outcome Exploring themeaning of lsquothe healthrsquo of ecosystems in terms oftheir structure and function can show why aiming atlsquogood ecosystem healthrsquo might be good for societiesusing services from these ecosystems (Atkins et al2011)

Ecosystem health as a metaphor

Metaphors are important in human speech andthought (Pinker 2007) They can help to explain com-plex things such as ecosystems that cannot be ade-quately described in terms drawn from direct humanexperience But they can be ambiguous misleadingwhen the metaphor is confused with reality and dan-gerous when used to guide action

Human health is an attractive metaphor for ecosys-tem condition because there is a universal under-standing of what it means to be well to be free fromillness to function well to be vigorous to resist andrecover from disease to maintain physical and men-tal integrity in the face of stress That is to say to bein a socially and individually desired conditiondefined by a certain range of physiological and psy-chological states and to be able to maintain that con-dition or to recover it after disturbance

The metaphor has aided ecologists in conceptualizingecosystem functioning as well as explaining ecosystemcondition to the general public and suggesting regula-tory goals to government But it may be dangerous(Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin 2004) if it allows per-sonal or sectoral values to be intruded into what areclaimed as objective assessments Thus there is a needto consider whether and to what extent the compo-nents of human health map to those of ecosystemhealth

Ecosystem health as an aggregate property

One approach to a definition is to see health not asa single property of an ecosystem but as an aggre-gate of contributions from organisms species andprocesses within a defined area We will refer to thisapproach as empirical because although not with-out theoretical content it is based largely on expertobservations of ecosystems

Elliott (2011) listed 6 levels of biological organiza-tion each of which could be termed healthy or un -healthy cell tissue organism population communityand ecosystem At the level of organisms themeaning of lsquohealthrsquo seems unambiguous and identicalwith that of human physical well-being At the nextlevel health concerns the viability of populations orspecies At the level of communities and ecosystemsthe argument becomes more complex Elliott (2011)described lsquocommunity healthrsquo as that of an assemblageof organisms that can continue to function in terms of inter-species relationships and lsquoecosystem healthrsquo asproviding protection against the lsquoeco system patholo-giesrsquo of Harding (1992) and McLusky amp Elliott (2004)(Table S2 in Supplement 2) Monitoring at this levelallows lsquodetection of things going wrongrsquo against abackground of system variability (Elliott 2011) EarlierOdum (1985) had listed trends expected in lsquostressedecosystemsrsquo (Table S3 in Supplement 2) basing theseon a conceptual model of ecosystem succession underundisturbed conditions (Odum 1969) We have drawnon these 2 sets of ill-health diagnostics as the basis forthe empirical and aggregatable criteria for marineecosystem health in Table 1

The first column in Table 1 provides generic criteriaHowever there are several types of marine ecosys-tems each with their characteristic lifeforms of pri-mary producers and each linked to particular ecohy-drodynamic (Tett et al 2007) and climatic conditionsCriteria that are applicable across all these typesmight provide little guidance in managing pressureson a particular type For example biodi ver sity is natu-rally low in the physically stressed en vironment of estuaries (Elliott amp Quintino 2007) where biomass canbe high as a result of inputs of allo chthonous organicmatter (Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) In contrast the oligo-trophic waters of the eastern Mediterranean support ahigh diversity of pelagic micro-algae (Ignatiades et al2009) Thus there is need for the ecological norms ofcolumn 2 which link the general criteria to whatmight be ex pected in a particular ecosystem underundisturbed conditions

The European Union Water Framework Directive(WFD) is based on such a norm-based approach

5

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

to assessing ecological status Values for physico-chemical and biological quality elements are com-pared with those lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo iewith those of the type-specific reference conditionsThe third column in Table 1 quotes from the Direc-tiversquos specifications for high quality status which isthat of the reference condition and which it seemslogical to equate with good ecosystem health How-ever finding current examples of the reference con-

ditions in European coastal seas and estuaries hasproven difficult (Hering et al 2010 Borja et al 2012)

Column 4 maps the criteria to the lsquoqualitativedescriptorsrsquo of lsquogood environmental statusrsquo (GES) inthe European Marine Strategy Framework Directive(MSFD) which takes a functional approach to goodcondition in contrast (Borja et al 2012) to the WFDrsquosnorm-referencing

Finally there is another problem to be solvedbefore using aggregation as an integrative method It

6

1 Generic component of ecosystem health

2 Ecological norm 3 WFD lsquohigh quality statusrsquo 4 MSFD lsquoqualitative descriptorsrsquo

Autochthonous primary photo-synthetic production plus import of organic matter is roughly in balance with consumption so that there is no large excess of respiration that might lead to de-oxygenation nor substantial export of unconsumed material

Life-form of primary producer is typical of ecohydrodynamic type and production is within characteristic range for undisturbed example of this type

Phytoplankton biomass to be lsquoconsistent with the type-specific physico-chemical conditionrsquo macro-algal cover and angiosperm abundance to be lsquoconsistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquo[O]xygen balance remain[s] within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(5) Human-induced eutroph-ication is minimised especially adverse effects thereof such as losses in biodiversity ecosystem degradation harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom watersrsquo

Nutrient supply cycling rates and elemental ratios are ade-quate to support community functioning and structure communities make efficient use of these resources

Nutrient seasonal cycles amounts and elemental ratios are similar to those under undisturbed conditions

lsquoNutrient concentrations remain within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Not explicitly mentioned

Sufficient biodiversity to fulfill all the necessary bio-geochem-ical roles to support species at higher trophic levels and to provide a reserve in case of loss of species keystone species flourishing where essential for community functioning there is a mixture of r- and k-adapted species and a mixture of repro-ductive and young individuals within populations

All aspects of diversity are appropriate for undisturbed example of ecosystem type as determined by climate and local (eco) hydro-dynamic conditions

lsquoThe composition and abund-ance of phytoplanktonic taxa are consistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquoAll disturbance-sensitive macroalgal and angio-sperm taxa associated with undisturbed conditions are presentrsquo lsquoThe level of diversity and abundance of invertebrate taxa is within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(1) Biological diversity is maintained The quality and occurrence of habitats and the distribution and abundance of species are in line with pre-vailing physiographic geo-graphic and climatic conditions (2) Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystemsrsquo

Community structure includes multiple trophic levels and a variety of trophic links between levels in cases where autogenic or responsive successions are important then either a sub-stantial proportion of the eco-system is in the mature state or there are no impediments to reaching such a state

Structure is that characteristic of this ecosystem type under undisturbed conditions

Not explicitly dealt with by this Directive

lsquo(4) All elements of the marine food webs to the extent that they are known occur at normal abundance and diversity and levels capable of ensuring the long-term abundance of the species and the retention of their full reproductive capacityrsquo

Individual organisms are healthy and reproductively fit not showing widespread pathol-ogies nor substantially contami-nated with pollutants nor ex-hibiting reduced resistance to disease or stress or reduced ability to detoxify

Body burden of contaminants below defined threshold no substantial differences in performance com-pared with individuals at unpolluted station

Pollutant concentrations lsquoremain within the range normally asso-ciated with undisturbed con-ditionsrsquo

lsquo(8) Concentrations of contami-nants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effectsrsquo

Table 1 Components of (good) ecosystem health according to the empirical approach and as interpreted by EU DirectivesColumn 3 gives corresponding specifications from Annex V of the EU Water Framework Directive (WFD) for lsquohigh quality sta-tusrsquo (which we equate with good health) in lsquotransitionalrsquo and lsquocoastalrsquo waters Column 4 refers to the relevant lsquoqualitative de-scriptors for determining good environmental statusrsquo in Annex I of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) which

are expanded by COM (2010)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

concerns how to combine indicators whilst (1) avoid-ing double-counting of primary variables and (2)recognising each indicatorrsquos importance in relation toecosystem function The problem is especiallymarked when aggregating over levels Do commu-nity and ecosystem effects arise linearly from aggre-gation of organism-level and population-level effectsor can species replacement sustain ecosystem func-tion even if some populations are damaged (forexample by pollution) One combinatorial strategyhas been to use weightings for example Aubry ampElliott (2006) multiplied indicators for estuarine dis-turbance by weights based on expert judgementsand Borja et al (2011) used weights based on relativeimportance and indicator reliability to combine eco-logical quality ratios for the MSFDrsquos qualitative de -scriptors of good condition into a single integratedassessment Another strategy is the precautionarylsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle used by the WFD (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010) where a water body is demotedfrom lsquogoodrsquo status if a single quality element is scoredbelow lsquogoodrsquo A general objection to all these proce-dures is that their outcomes may depend as muchon decisions made about the combinatorial rules ason the actual condition of the ecosystem (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010 Caroni et al 2013)

Health as an emergent property of complex systems

An alternative to the empirical approach is whatwe call systemic because its perspective is that ofhealth as an emergent property of the whole ecolog-ical system rather than of any of its componentsAccording to General Systems Theory (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) a system is lsquoa set of elementsstanding in interrelation among themselves and with[their] environmentrsquo The theoryrsquos principles includea subset that apply to the open complex hierarchicaland autopoiumletic systems that are exemplified byorganisms and ecosystems Living systems must beopen (to their external environment) because theyneed a throughput of matter and energy to keep theircomponents in a thermodynamically unlikely state(Schroumldinger 1944 Boulding 1956 Lovelock amp Mar-gulis 1976 Moss 2008) They can persist only if theycan maintain their internal organization and func-tions against these fluxes or are able to restore inter-nal states after perturbation Health in the systemicview is this ability a healthy system is one that main-tains its integrity and is resilient under pressureThus the concept of ecosystem health is more than ametaphor carried over from human health and it is

more than the sum of properties of components Itrefers to patterns of system behaviour that are com-mon to both organisms and ecosystems and ill-health is recognized by a breakdown of this pattern

Systems can be characterized in 2 ways (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) Internal description uses statevariables and can be exemplified for biological sys-tems by the Lotka-Volterra equations (Slobodkin1962 Hastings 1996) In a simple case the state vari-ables might be the population sizes of a predator andits prey The behaviour of even small and species-poor ecosystems is more complex than such binarysystems and many variables may be needed to represent their internal state Nevertheless whethera system is simple or complex change can be ex -pressed lsquogeometrically by the trajectories that thestate variables traverse in the state space that is then-dimensional space of possible location of thesevariablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417) Fig 1 de -

7

Cyclical variation

Long-termtrend

Annual mean

Medium-termvariation

Domain

State

State

State

StateDisturbance

Trajectory

Regime

Regimeshift

Newregime

State variable 2 (S2)

State variable 1 (S1)

ReferenceState

Euclidian distanceradic(∆S1

2 + ∆S22)

Fig 1 Definitions relating to system state variable space ex-emplified for 2 axes but generalizable to any number of di-mensions A state is represented by a point in state space atrajectory is a (temporal) sequence of states a regime is a co-herent bundle of trajectories such as those arising from sea-sonal cycles a domain is a region in state space The Euclid-ian distance gives the (shortest) scalar distance between 2points in a state space of any dimensionality The inset box

shows the 3 types of variability discussed in this paper

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20138

fines the terms used in discussing such state spacediagrams

In the case of external description the behaviour ofthe system is described in terms of interactions withwhat is outside the system often by specifying therelationship between inputs to the system and theresulting outputs Fig 2 combines a systemic viewof an ecosystem with the Driver-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (DPSIR) paradigm of Luiten (1999)as updated by Atkins et al (2011) Anthropogenicdisturbance to trans-boundary fluxes constitutes apressure resulting in changes in the (internal) stateof the system with consequent impacts on societyResilience is the system property that determines theresponse of state to a pressure change it is an emer-gent property because it cannot be localized in anyparticular component of the system

Following a review of system-based definitions ofhealth (Table S4 in Supplement 3) Costanza (1992)proposed that ecosystem health was best seen asa comprehensive multiscale dynamic hierarchicalmeasure of system resilience organization andvigour [concepts that] are embodied in the term lsquosus-tainabilityrsquo which implies the systemrsquos ability to main-tain its structure (organization) and function (vigour)over time in the face of external stress (resilience)

All 3 components are necessary (Mageau et al1995) (1) a system lacking in vigour would tend to -wards abiotic thermodynamic equilibrium (2) sys-tems with excess vigour but lsquolittle or no organizationsuch as nutrient enriched lakes hellip or early succes-sional ecosystems dominated hellip by lsquorrsquo selected spe-ciesrsquo (p 204) tend towards excessive blooms and (3)lsquocertain highly managed systems such as agricul-ture aquaculture and plantationsrsquo (p 204) lackresilience and require continuous human interventionfor their maintenance Costanza amp Mageau (1999)thought that organization might be quantifiedthrough the analysis of trophic networks (eg Ulano -wicz amp Kay 1991 Christensen amp Pauly 1992) andvigour quantified by measurements of lsquoecosystemmetabolismrsquo including its primary production

Resilience is presently seen as the key componentof system health Holling (1973) defined it as lsquoa mea-sure of the ability of [eco]systems to absorb changesof state variables driving variables and parametersrsquo(p 17) without ceasing to exist Folke et al (2004)saw resilience as lsquothe capacity of a system to absorbdisturbance and reorganize while undergoingchange so as to maintain essentially the same func-tions structure identity and feedbacksrsquo (p 558) Lossof resilience is now seen as leading to regime shift a

Humansociety

andeconomy

ECOSYSTEM

Organization

Vigour

Resilience

Resilience maintains

STATE against PRESSURES

Multiple ampalternative

trophicpathways

Co-adaptedspecies

Functional ampresponsediversity

Stabilizingfeedback

loops

Spatialheterogeneity Production Metabolism

Nutrientfluxes

Services

Trans-boundary

fluxes PRESSURES

(Eco) System boundary

Buffers

Against

IMPACTS

DRIVERS

Fig 2 A systems conceptualization of ecosystem health Ecosystem components (biota their non-living environment andtrophic and biogeochemical fluxes) are suggested by the white network Overlying this are the high-level lsquointernal descriptorsrsquoof system state organization and vigour These are responsible for the external property of resilience which buffers ecosystemstate and services against externally imposed (anthropogenic) pressures and other boundary fluxes thus maintaining system in-tegrity Health describes the ability to maintain systems integrity and it and resilience are emergent properties of the systemthey cannot be localized into any particular component At the left are listed the attributes of organization that are thought to contribute to resilience Components of vigour are shown at the base of the ecosystem box To the right is shown the matchinghuman system which together with the ecosystem makes up a social-ecological system Only endogenous pressuresmdashthose

generated within this systemmdashare shown

Tett et al Ecosystem health

change to a new internal organization rather thanextinction Holling (1973) visualized continued exis-tence as requiring trajectories in state space toremain within a basin of attraction and distinguishedresilience from lsquostabilityrsquomdashlsquothe ability of a system toreturn to equilibrium after a temporary disturbancersquo(p 17) Much sub sequent literature however hasequated lsquoresiliencersquo with Hollingrsquos stability and theability to recover after perturbation This includedElliott et al (2007) and Tett et al (2007) However itnow seems best to see resilience as having severalcomponents one of which is recovery to lsquoequilib-riumrsquo bearing in mind that the restored equilibriummay be dynamic or correspond to a complex attractorin state space (Gowen et al 2012) Other componentsof resilience (Walker et al 2004) are resistance topressure and latitude the greatest amount that asystem can change before losing its ability to regain(or remain in) its original regime and correspondingto the size of Hollingrsquos lsquobasin of attractionrsquo

Like Scheffer et al (2001) Folke et al (2004)argued that anthropogenic disturbance to ecosys-tems reduces resilience and increases the chances ofregime shift This leads to the metaphor of the lsquocliffrsquoin pressure-state diagrams (Fig 3) (Elliott et al 2007Tett et al 2007 van de Koppel et al 2008) The para-digm in such diagrams is that natural ecosystems areresilient and so resistant to anthropogenic pressuresBeyond a certain level of pressure however there is

a danger of ecosystem collapse from which it mightbe difficult to recover speedily (or at all) to the origi-nal conditions An alternative metaphor (Fig 4) isthat of a stability landscape in which a ball (repre-senting system state) rolls to the lowest point in thevalley but can be displaced into other valleys eitherby change in the landscape or by increased move-ment of the ball (Scheffer et al 2001 Walker et al2004) Duarte et al (2009) pointed to the problem oflsquoshifting baselinesrsquo encountered when attempting toreturn an ecosystem to a prior state such as thatexisting before eutrophication They illustrated theproblem with plots of state against pressure (corre-sponding to Fig 3) but it could also be seen in termsof the changes in the topography of the landscape inFig 4 Finally Scheffer et al (2009) suggested thatsystems (such as ecosystems but also economies)showed an increase in variability as they approachedlsquocritical transitionsrsquo between regimes

The idea of panarchy (Gunderson amp Holling 2002Holling 2004) is that on any particular spatial scalesystems naturally go through periods of collapse andrecovery During recovery a system can adapt tochanged circumstances because post-collapse con-ditions can select for different species (in an ecosys-tem) or different institutions (in a society) The con-cept of panarchy also includes the interactions of

9

External pressure (P)

Ecosystem state (S)

Recovery(as pressuredecreases)

Resistance (to increasing pressure)

Collapsesystem hasexceededlsquoelastic limitrsquo

Latitude

Offset(may bedeemedto be aregimeshift)

Hyster-esis

ΔSΔP

Compliance = ndashΔSΔP

Degraded state

Ecosystemservices

Fig 3 The cliff metaphor for change in ecosystem state(modified from Elliott et al 2007 and Tett et al 2007) used toillustrate resilience components (Walker et al 2004) in termsof the effects of external pressure (P) on ecosystem conditionor state (S) Latitude is shown as analogous to the lsquoelasticlimitrsquo of a mechanical system Beyond this limit the systemdeformation no longer changes linearly with pressure Com-pliance is the ratio of state change to pressure change and

thus is the inverse of resistance

Increasing pressure

Decreasing pressure

System distancefrom equilbrium

Equilbrium(attractor)

Criticalpoint

lsquoRange of environmentalconditionsrsquo (Krebs 1988)

Basin ofattraction 1 Basin of

attraction 2

Greater variabilitynear critical point

(Scheffer et al 2009)

Regime shift

Recovery

Disturbance

Fig 4 The landscape metaphor for stability and regime shift(Holling 1973) The ball representing ecosystem statemoves between valleys denoting different regimes follow-ing disturbance to the ball (Krebs 1988) or changes in thelandscape (Scheffer et al 2001) In the metaphor stabilizingeffects are likened to gravity In mathematical terms stabil-ity is the result of the systemrsquos tendency to move towards an

attractor state shown at the bottom of each basin

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

more restricted aims of species and habitat conserva-tion) is harder to define

A further complication arises if sustainability isseen as a property or goal of lsquosocial-ecological sys-temsrsquo (Berkes amp Folke 1998) which have psychologi-cal and social dimensions as well as physical exis-tence (Tett et al 2013) Although both ecologicalknowledge and preferences for certain states of eco-systems lie in the mental and social worlds it isimportant to distinguish social values from ecologicalfacts and theories because they relate to differentsorts of lsquovalidity claimsrsquo (Habermas 1984) This doesnot mean that ecological knowledge should only beused instrumentally to guide actions decided bypolitical processes (Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin2004) Our view is that science must inform debate aswell as help implement its outcome Exploring themeaning of lsquothe healthrsquo of ecosystems in terms oftheir structure and function can show why aiming atlsquogood ecosystem healthrsquo might be good for societiesusing services from these ecosystems (Atkins et al2011)

Ecosystem health as a metaphor

Metaphors are important in human speech andthought (Pinker 2007) They can help to explain com-plex things such as ecosystems that cannot be ade-quately described in terms drawn from direct humanexperience But they can be ambiguous misleadingwhen the metaphor is confused with reality and dan-gerous when used to guide action

Human health is an attractive metaphor for ecosys-tem condition because there is a universal under-standing of what it means to be well to be free fromillness to function well to be vigorous to resist andrecover from disease to maintain physical and men-tal integrity in the face of stress That is to say to bein a socially and individually desired conditiondefined by a certain range of physiological and psy-chological states and to be able to maintain that con-dition or to recover it after disturbance

The metaphor has aided ecologists in conceptualizingecosystem functioning as well as explaining ecosystemcondition to the general public and suggesting regula-tory goals to government But it may be dangerous(Lackey 2001 Davis amp Slobodkin 2004) if it allows per-sonal or sectoral values to be intruded into what areclaimed as objective assessments Thus there is a needto consider whether and to what extent the compo-nents of human health map to those of ecosystemhealth

Ecosystem health as an aggregate property

One approach to a definition is to see health not asa single property of an ecosystem but as an aggre-gate of contributions from organisms species andprocesses within a defined area We will refer to thisapproach as empirical because although not with-out theoretical content it is based largely on expertobservations of ecosystems

Elliott (2011) listed 6 levels of biological organiza-tion each of which could be termed healthy or un -healthy cell tissue organism population communityand ecosystem At the level of organisms themeaning of lsquohealthrsquo seems unambiguous and identicalwith that of human physical well-being At the nextlevel health concerns the viability of populations orspecies At the level of communities and ecosystemsthe argument becomes more complex Elliott (2011)described lsquocommunity healthrsquo as that of an assemblageof organisms that can continue to function in terms of inter-species relationships and lsquoecosystem healthrsquo asproviding protection against the lsquoeco system patholo-giesrsquo of Harding (1992) and McLusky amp Elliott (2004)(Table S2 in Supplement 2) Monitoring at this levelallows lsquodetection of things going wrongrsquo against abackground of system variability (Elliott 2011) EarlierOdum (1985) had listed trends expected in lsquostressedecosystemsrsquo (Table S3 in Supplement 2) basing theseon a conceptual model of ecosystem succession underundisturbed conditions (Odum 1969) We have drawnon these 2 sets of ill-health diagnostics as the basis forthe empirical and aggregatable criteria for marineecosystem health in Table 1

The first column in Table 1 provides generic criteriaHowever there are several types of marine ecosys-tems each with their characteristic lifeforms of pri-mary producers and each linked to particular ecohy-drodynamic (Tett et al 2007) and climatic conditionsCriteria that are applicable across all these typesmight provide little guidance in managing pressureson a particular type For example biodi ver sity is natu-rally low in the physically stressed en vironment of estuaries (Elliott amp Quintino 2007) where biomass canbe high as a result of inputs of allo chthonous organicmatter (Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) In contrast the oligo-trophic waters of the eastern Mediterranean support ahigh diversity of pelagic micro-algae (Ignatiades et al2009) Thus there is need for the ecological norms ofcolumn 2 which link the general criteria to whatmight be ex pected in a particular ecosystem underundisturbed conditions

The European Union Water Framework Directive(WFD) is based on such a norm-based approach

5

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

to assessing ecological status Values for physico-chemical and biological quality elements are com-pared with those lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo iewith those of the type-specific reference conditionsThe third column in Table 1 quotes from the Direc-tiversquos specifications for high quality status which isthat of the reference condition and which it seemslogical to equate with good ecosystem health How-ever finding current examples of the reference con-

ditions in European coastal seas and estuaries hasproven difficult (Hering et al 2010 Borja et al 2012)

Column 4 maps the criteria to the lsquoqualitativedescriptorsrsquo of lsquogood environmental statusrsquo (GES) inthe European Marine Strategy Framework Directive(MSFD) which takes a functional approach to goodcondition in contrast (Borja et al 2012) to the WFDrsquosnorm-referencing

Finally there is another problem to be solvedbefore using aggregation as an integrative method It

6

1 Generic component of ecosystem health

2 Ecological norm 3 WFD lsquohigh quality statusrsquo 4 MSFD lsquoqualitative descriptorsrsquo

Autochthonous primary photo-synthetic production plus import of organic matter is roughly in balance with consumption so that there is no large excess of respiration that might lead to de-oxygenation nor substantial export of unconsumed material

Life-form of primary producer is typical of ecohydrodynamic type and production is within characteristic range for undisturbed example of this type

Phytoplankton biomass to be lsquoconsistent with the type-specific physico-chemical conditionrsquo macro-algal cover and angiosperm abundance to be lsquoconsistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquo[O]xygen balance remain[s] within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(5) Human-induced eutroph-ication is minimised especially adverse effects thereof such as losses in biodiversity ecosystem degradation harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom watersrsquo

Nutrient supply cycling rates and elemental ratios are ade-quate to support community functioning and structure communities make efficient use of these resources

Nutrient seasonal cycles amounts and elemental ratios are similar to those under undisturbed conditions

lsquoNutrient concentrations remain within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Not explicitly mentioned

Sufficient biodiversity to fulfill all the necessary bio-geochem-ical roles to support species at higher trophic levels and to provide a reserve in case of loss of species keystone species flourishing where essential for community functioning there is a mixture of r- and k-adapted species and a mixture of repro-ductive and young individuals within populations

All aspects of diversity are appropriate for undisturbed example of ecosystem type as determined by climate and local (eco) hydro-dynamic conditions

lsquoThe composition and abund-ance of phytoplanktonic taxa are consistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquoAll disturbance-sensitive macroalgal and angio-sperm taxa associated with undisturbed conditions are presentrsquo lsquoThe level of diversity and abundance of invertebrate taxa is within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(1) Biological diversity is maintained The quality and occurrence of habitats and the distribution and abundance of species are in line with pre-vailing physiographic geo-graphic and climatic conditions (2) Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystemsrsquo

Community structure includes multiple trophic levels and a variety of trophic links between levels in cases where autogenic or responsive successions are important then either a sub-stantial proportion of the eco-system is in the mature state or there are no impediments to reaching such a state

Structure is that characteristic of this ecosystem type under undisturbed conditions

Not explicitly dealt with by this Directive

lsquo(4) All elements of the marine food webs to the extent that they are known occur at normal abundance and diversity and levels capable of ensuring the long-term abundance of the species and the retention of their full reproductive capacityrsquo

Individual organisms are healthy and reproductively fit not showing widespread pathol-ogies nor substantially contami-nated with pollutants nor ex-hibiting reduced resistance to disease or stress or reduced ability to detoxify

Body burden of contaminants below defined threshold no substantial differences in performance com-pared with individuals at unpolluted station

Pollutant concentrations lsquoremain within the range normally asso-ciated with undisturbed con-ditionsrsquo

lsquo(8) Concentrations of contami-nants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effectsrsquo

Table 1 Components of (good) ecosystem health according to the empirical approach and as interpreted by EU DirectivesColumn 3 gives corresponding specifications from Annex V of the EU Water Framework Directive (WFD) for lsquohigh quality sta-tusrsquo (which we equate with good health) in lsquotransitionalrsquo and lsquocoastalrsquo waters Column 4 refers to the relevant lsquoqualitative de-scriptors for determining good environmental statusrsquo in Annex I of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) which

are expanded by COM (2010)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

concerns how to combine indicators whilst (1) avoid-ing double-counting of primary variables and (2)recognising each indicatorrsquos importance in relation toecosystem function The problem is especiallymarked when aggregating over levels Do commu-nity and ecosystem effects arise linearly from aggre-gation of organism-level and population-level effectsor can species replacement sustain ecosystem func-tion even if some populations are damaged (forexample by pollution) One combinatorial strategyhas been to use weightings for example Aubry ampElliott (2006) multiplied indicators for estuarine dis-turbance by weights based on expert judgementsand Borja et al (2011) used weights based on relativeimportance and indicator reliability to combine eco-logical quality ratios for the MSFDrsquos qualitative de -scriptors of good condition into a single integratedassessment Another strategy is the precautionarylsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle used by the WFD (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010) where a water body is demotedfrom lsquogoodrsquo status if a single quality element is scoredbelow lsquogoodrsquo A general objection to all these proce-dures is that their outcomes may depend as muchon decisions made about the combinatorial rules ason the actual condition of the ecosystem (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010 Caroni et al 2013)

Health as an emergent property of complex systems

An alternative to the empirical approach is whatwe call systemic because its perspective is that ofhealth as an emergent property of the whole ecolog-ical system rather than of any of its componentsAccording to General Systems Theory (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) a system is lsquoa set of elementsstanding in interrelation among themselves and with[their] environmentrsquo The theoryrsquos principles includea subset that apply to the open complex hierarchicaland autopoiumletic systems that are exemplified byorganisms and ecosystems Living systems must beopen (to their external environment) because theyneed a throughput of matter and energy to keep theircomponents in a thermodynamically unlikely state(Schroumldinger 1944 Boulding 1956 Lovelock amp Mar-gulis 1976 Moss 2008) They can persist only if theycan maintain their internal organization and func-tions against these fluxes or are able to restore inter-nal states after perturbation Health in the systemicview is this ability a healthy system is one that main-tains its integrity and is resilient under pressureThus the concept of ecosystem health is more than ametaphor carried over from human health and it is

more than the sum of properties of components Itrefers to patterns of system behaviour that are com-mon to both organisms and ecosystems and ill-health is recognized by a breakdown of this pattern

Systems can be characterized in 2 ways (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) Internal description uses statevariables and can be exemplified for biological sys-tems by the Lotka-Volterra equations (Slobodkin1962 Hastings 1996) In a simple case the state vari-ables might be the population sizes of a predator andits prey The behaviour of even small and species-poor ecosystems is more complex than such binarysystems and many variables may be needed to represent their internal state Nevertheless whethera system is simple or complex change can be ex -pressed lsquogeometrically by the trajectories that thestate variables traverse in the state space that is then-dimensional space of possible location of thesevariablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417) Fig 1 de -

7

Cyclical variation

Long-termtrend

Annual mean

Medium-termvariation

Domain

State

State

State

StateDisturbance

Trajectory

Regime

Regimeshift

Newregime

State variable 2 (S2)

State variable 1 (S1)

ReferenceState

Euclidian distanceradic(∆S1

2 + ∆S22)

Fig 1 Definitions relating to system state variable space ex-emplified for 2 axes but generalizable to any number of di-mensions A state is represented by a point in state space atrajectory is a (temporal) sequence of states a regime is a co-herent bundle of trajectories such as those arising from sea-sonal cycles a domain is a region in state space The Euclid-ian distance gives the (shortest) scalar distance between 2points in a state space of any dimensionality The inset box

shows the 3 types of variability discussed in this paper

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20138

fines the terms used in discussing such state spacediagrams

In the case of external description the behaviour ofthe system is described in terms of interactions withwhat is outside the system often by specifying therelationship between inputs to the system and theresulting outputs Fig 2 combines a systemic viewof an ecosystem with the Driver-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (DPSIR) paradigm of Luiten (1999)as updated by Atkins et al (2011) Anthropogenicdisturbance to trans-boundary fluxes constitutes apressure resulting in changes in the (internal) stateof the system with consequent impacts on societyResilience is the system property that determines theresponse of state to a pressure change it is an emer-gent property because it cannot be localized in anyparticular component of the system

Following a review of system-based definitions ofhealth (Table S4 in Supplement 3) Costanza (1992)proposed that ecosystem health was best seen asa comprehensive multiscale dynamic hierarchicalmeasure of system resilience organization andvigour [concepts that] are embodied in the term lsquosus-tainabilityrsquo which implies the systemrsquos ability to main-tain its structure (organization) and function (vigour)over time in the face of external stress (resilience)

All 3 components are necessary (Mageau et al1995) (1) a system lacking in vigour would tend to -wards abiotic thermodynamic equilibrium (2) sys-tems with excess vigour but lsquolittle or no organizationsuch as nutrient enriched lakes hellip or early succes-sional ecosystems dominated hellip by lsquorrsquo selected spe-ciesrsquo (p 204) tend towards excessive blooms and (3)lsquocertain highly managed systems such as agricul-ture aquaculture and plantationsrsquo (p 204) lackresilience and require continuous human interventionfor their maintenance Costanza amp Mageau (1999)thought that organization might be quantifiedthrough the analysis of trophic networks (eg Ulano -wicz amp Kay 1991 Christensen amp Pauly 1992) andvigour quantified by measurements of lsquoecosystemmetabolismrsquo including its primary production

Resilience is presently seen as the key componentof system health Holling (1973) defined it as lsquoa mea-sure of the ability of [eco]systems to absorb changesof state variables driving variables and parametersrsquo(p 17) without ceasing to exist Folke et al (2004)saw resilience as lsquothe capacity of a system to absorbdisturbance and reorganize while undergoingchange so as to maintain essentially the same func-tions structure identity and feedbacksrsquo (p 558) Lossof resilience is now seen as leading to regime shift a

Humansociety

andeconomy

ECOSYSTEM

Organization

Vigour

Resilience

Resilience maintains

STATE against PRESSURES

Multiple ampalternative

trophicpathways

Co-adaptedspecies

Functional ampresponsediversity

Stabilizingfeedback

loops

Spatialheterogeneity Production Metabolism

Nutrientfluxes

Services

Trans-boundary

fluxes PRESSURES

(Eco) System boundary

Buffers

Against

IMPACTS

DRIVERS

Fig 2 A systems conceptualization of ecosystem health Ecosystem components (biota their non-living environment andtrophic and biogeochemical fluxes) are suggested by the white network Overlying this are the high-level lsquointernal descriptorsrsquoof system state organization and vigour These are responsible for the external property of resilience which buffers ecosystemstate and services against externally imposed (anthropogenic) pressures and other boundary fluxes thus maintaining system in-tegrity Health describes the ability to maintain systems integrity and it and resilience are emergent properties of the systemthey cannot be localized into any particular component At the left are listed the attributes of organization that are thought to contribute to resilience Components of vigour are shown at the base of the ecosystem box To the right is shown the matchinghuman system which together with the ecosystem makes up a social-ecological system Only endogenous pressuresmdashthose

generated within this systemmdashare shown

Tett et al Ecosystem health

change to a new internal organization rather thanextinction Holling (1973) visualized continued exis-tence as requiring trajectories in state space toremain within a basin of attraction and distinguishedresilience from lsquostabilityrsquomdashlsquothe ability of a system toreturn to equilibrium after a temporary disturbancersquo(p 17) Much sub sequent literature however hasequated lsquoresiliencersquo with Hollingrsquos stability and theability to recover after perturbation This includedElliott et al (2007) and Tett et al (2007) However itnow seems best to see resilience as having severalcomponents one of which is recovery to lsquoequilib-riumrsquo bearing in mind that the restored equilibriummay be dynamic or correspond to a complex attractorin state space (Gowen et al 2012) Other componentsof resilience (Walker et al 2004) are resistance topressure and latitude the greatest amount that asystem can change before losing its ability to regain(or remain in) its original regime and correspondingto the size of Hollingrsquos lsquobasin of attractionrsquo

Like Scheffer et al (2001) Folke et al (2004)argued that anthropogenic disturbance to ecosys-tems reduces resilience and increases the chances ofregime shift This leads to the metaphor of the lsquocliffrsquoin pressure-state diagrams (Fig 3) (Elliott et al 2007Tett et al 2007 van de Koppel et al 2008) The para-digm in such diagrams is that natural ecosystems areresilient and so resistant to anthropogenic pressuresBeyond a certain level of pressure however there is

a danger of ecosystem collapse from which it mightbe difficult to recover speedily (or at all) to the origi-nal conditions An alternative metaphor (Fig 4) isthat of a stability landscape in which a ball (repre-senting system state) rolls to the lowest point in thevalley but can be displaced into other valleys eitherby change in the landscape or by increased move-ment of the ball (Scheffer et al 2001 Walker et al2004) Duarte et al (2009) pointed to the problem oflsquoshifting baselinesrsquo encountered when attempting toreturn an ecosystem to a prior state such as thatexisting before eutrophication They illustrated theproblem with plots of state against pressure (corre-sponding to Fig 3) but it could also be seen in termsof the changes in the topography of the landscape inFig 4 Finally Scheffer et al (2009) suggested thatsystems (such as ecosystems but also economies)showed an increase in variability as they approachedlsquocritical transitionsrsquo between regimes

The idea of panarchy (Gunderson amp Holling 2002Holling 2004) is that on any particular spatial scalesystems naturally go through periods of collapse andrecovery During recovery a system can adapt tochanged circumstances because post-collapse con-ditions can select for different species (in an ecosys-tem) or different institutions (in a society) The con-cept of panarchy also includes the interactions of

9

External pressure (P)

Ecosystem state (S)

Recovery(as pressuredecreases)

Resistance (to increasing pressure)

Collapsesystem hasexceededlsquoelastic limitrsquo

Latitude

Offset(may bedeemedto be aregimeshift)

Hyster-esis

ΔSΔP

Compliance = ndashΔSΔP

Degraded state

Ecosystemservices

Fig 3 The cliff metaphor for change in ecosystem state(modified from Elliott et al 2007 and Tett et al 2007) used toillustrate resilience components (Walker et al 2004) in termsof the effects of external pressure (P) on ecosystem conditionor state (S) Latitude is shown as analogous to the lsquoelasticlimitrsquo of a mechanical system Beyond this limit the systemdeformation no longer changes linearly with pressure Com-pliance is the ratio of state change to pressure change and

thus is the inverse of resistance

Increasing pressure

Decreasing pressure

System distancefrom equilbrium

Equilbrium(attractor)

Criticalpoint

lsquoRange of environmentalconditionsrsquo (Krebs 1988)

Basin ofattraction 1 Basin of

attraction 2

Greater variabilitynear critical point

(Scheffer et al 2009)

Regime shift

Recovery

Disturbance

Fig 4 The landscape metaphor for stability and regime shift(Holling 1973) The ball representing ecosystem statemoves between valleys denoting different regimes follow-ing disturbance to the ball (Krebs 1988) or changes in thelandscape (Scheffer et al 2001) In the metaphor stabilizingeffects are likened to gravity In mathematical terms stabil-ity is the result of the systemrsquos tendency to move towards an

attractor state shown at the bottom of each basin

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

to assessing ecological status Values for physico-chemical and biological quality elements are com-pared with those lsquonormally associated with that[water body] type under undisturbed conditionsrsquo iewith those of the type-specific reference conditionsThe third column in Table 1 quotes from the Direc-tiversquos specifications for high quality status which isthat of the reference condition and which it seemslogical to equate with good ecosystem health How-ever finding current examples of the reference con-

ditions in European coastal seas and estuaries hasproven difficult (Hering et al 2010 Borja et al 2012)

Column 4 maps the criteria to the lsquoqualitativedescriptorsrsquo of lsquogood environmental statusrsquo (GES) inthe European Marine Strategy Framework Directive(MSFD) which takes a functional approach to goodcondition in contrast (Borja et al 2012) to the WFDrsquosnorm-referencing

Finally there is another problem to be solvedbefore using aggregation as an integrative method It

6

1 Generic component of ecosystem health

2 Ecological norm 3 WFD lsquohigh quality statusrsquo 4 MSFD lsquoqualitative descriptorsrsquo

Autochthonous primary photo-synthetic production plus import of organic matter is roughly in balance with consumption so that there is no large excess of respiration that might lead to de-oxygenation nor substantial export of unconsumed material

Life-form of primary producer is typical of ecohydrodynamic type and production is within characteristic range for undisturbed example of this type

Phytoplankton biomass to be lsquoconsistent with the type-specific physico-chemical conditionrsquo macro-algal cover and angiosperm abundance to be lsquoconsistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquo[O]xygen balance remain[s] within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(5) Human-induced eutroph-ication is minimised especially adverse effects thereof such as losses in biodiversity ecosystem degradation harmful algae blooms and oxygen deficiency in bottom watersrsquo

Nutrient supply cycling rates and elemental ratios are ade-quate to support community functioning and structure communities make efficient use of these resources

Nutrient seasonal cycles amounts and elemental ratios are similar to those under undisturbed conditions

lsquoNutrient concentrations remain within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

Not explicitly mentioned

Sufficient biodiversity to fulfill all the necessary bio-geochem-ical roles to support species at higher trophic levels and to provide a reserve in case of loss of species keystone species flourishing where essential for community functioning there is a mixture of r- and k-adapted species and a mixture of repro-ductive and young individuals within populations

All aspects of diversity are appropriate for undisturbed example of ecosystem type as determined by climate and local (eco) hydro-dynamic conditions

lsquoThe composition and abund-ance of phytoplanktonic taxa are consistent with undisturbed conditionsrsquo lsquoAll disturbance-sensitive macroalgal and angio-sperm taxa associated with undisturbed conditions are presentrsquo lsquoThe level of diversity and abundance of invertebrate taxa is within the range normally associated with undisturbed conditionsrsquo

lsquo(1) Biological diversity is maintained The quality and occurrence of habitats and the distribution and abundance of species are in line with pre-vailing physiographic geo-graphic and climatic conditions (2) Non-indigenous species introduced by human activities are at levels that do not adversely alter the ecosystemsrsquo

Community structure includes multiple trophic levels and a variety of trophic links between levels in cases where autogenic or responsive successions are important then either a sub-stantial proportion of the eco-system is in the mature state or there are no impediments to reaching such a state

Structure is that characteristic of this ecosystem type under undisturbed conditions

Not explicitly dealt with by this Directive

lsquo(4) All elements of the marine food webs to the extent that they are known occur at normal abundance and diversity and levels capable of ensuring the long-term abundance of the species and the retention of their full reproductive capacityrsquo

Individual organisms are healthy and reproductively fit not showing widespread pathol-ogies nor substantially contami-nated with pollutants nor ex-hibiting reduced resistance to disease or stress or reduced ability to detoxify

Body burden of contaminants below defined threshold no substantial differences in performance com-pared with individuals at unpolluted station

Pollutant concentrations lsquoremain within the range normally asso-ciated with undisturbed con-ditionsrsquo

lsquo(8) Concentrations of contami-nants are at levels not giving rise to pollution effectsrsquo

Table 1 Components of (good) ecosystem health according to the empirical approach and as interpreted by EU DirectivesColumn 3 gives corresponding specifications from Annex V of the EU Water Framework Directive (WFD) for lsquohigh quality sta-tusrsquo (which we equate with good health) in lsquotransitionalrsquo and lsquocoastalrsquo waters Column 4 refers to the relevant lsquoqualitative de-scriptors for determining good environmental statusrsquo in Annex I of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) which

are expanded by COM (2010)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

concerns how to combine indicators whilst (1) avoid-ing double-counting of primary variables and (2)recognising each indicatorrsquos importance in relation toecosystem function The problem is especiallymarked when aggregating over levels Do commu-nity and ecosystem effects arise linearly from aggre-gation of organism-level and population-level effectsor can species replacement sustain ecosystem func-tion even if some populations are damaged (forexample by pollution) One combinatorial strategyhas been to use weightings for example Aubry ampElliott (2006) multiplied indicators for estuarine dis-turbance by weights based on expert judgementsand Borja et al (2011) used weights based on relativeimportance and indicator reliability to combine eco-logical quality ratios for the MSFDrsquos qualitative de -scriptors of good condition into a single integratedassessment Another strategy is the precautionarylsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle used by the WFD (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010) where a water body is demotedfrom lsquogoodrsquo status if a single quality element is scoredbelow lsquogoodrsquo A general objection to all these proce-dures is that their outcomes may depend as muchon decisions made about the combinatorial rules ason the actual condition of the ecosystem (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010 Caroni et al 2013)

Health as an emergent property of complex systems

An alternative to the empirical approach is whatwe call systemic because its perspective is that ofhealth as an emergent property of the whole ecolog-ical system rather than of any of its componentsAccording to General Systems Theory (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) a system is lsquoa set of elementsstanding in interrelation among themselves and with[their] environmentrsquo The theoryrsquos principles includea subset that apply to the open complex hierarchicaland autopoiumletic systems that are exemplified byorganisms and ecosystems Living systems must beopen (to their external environment) because theyneed a throughput of matter and energy to keep theircomponents in a thermodynamically unlikely state(Schroumldinger 1944 Boulding 1956 Lovelock amp Mar-gulis 1976 Moss 2008) They can persist only if theycan maintain their internal organization and func-tions against these fluxes or are able to restore inter-nal states after perturbation Health in the systemicview is this ability a healthy system is one that main-tains its integrity and is resilient under pressureThus the concept of ecosystem health is more than ametaphor carried over from human health and it is

more than the sum of properties of components Itrefers to patterns of system behaviour that are com-mon to both organisms and ecosystems and ill-health is recognized by a breakdown of this pattern

Systems can be characterized in 2 ways (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) Internal description uses statevariables and can be exemplified for biological sys-tems by the Lotka-Volterra equations (Slobodkin1962 Hastings 1996) In a simple case the state vari-ables might be the population sizes of a predator andits prey The behaviour of even small and species-poor ecosystems is more complex than such binarysystems and many variables may be needed to represent their internal state Nevertheless whethera system is simple or complex change can be ex -pressed lsquogeometrically by the trajectories that thestate variables traverse in the state space that is then-dimensional space of possible location of thesevariablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417) Fig 1 de -

7

Cyclical variation

Long-termtrend

Annual mean

Medium-termvariation

Domain

State

State

State

StateDisturbance

Trajectory

Regime

Regimeshift

Newregime

State variable 2 (S2)

State variable 1 (S1)

ReferenceState

Euclidian distanceradic(∆S1

2 + ∆S22)

Fig 1 Definitions relating to system state variable space ex-emplified for 2 axes but generalizable to any number of di-mensions A state is represented by a point in state space atrajectory is a (temporal) sequence of states a regime is a co-herent bundle of trajectories such as those arising from sea-sonal cycles a domain is a region in state space The Euclid-ian distance gives the (shortest) scalar distance between 2points in a state space of any dimensionality The inset box

shows the 3 types of variability discussed in this paper

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20138

fines the terms used in discussing such state spacediagrams

In the case of external description the behaviour ofthe system is described in terms of interactions withwhat is outside the system often by specifying therelationship between inputs to the system and theresulting outputs Fig 2 combines a systemic viewof an ecosystem with the Driver-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (DPSIR) paradigm of Luiten (1999)as updated by Atkins et al (2011) Anthropogenicdisturbance to trans-boundary fluxes constitutes apressure resulting in changes in the (internal) stateof the system with consequent impacts on societyResilience is the system property that determines theresponse of state to a pressure change it is an emer-gent property because it cannot be localized in anyparticular component of the system

Following a review of system-based definitions ofhealth (Table S4 in Supplement 3) Costanza (1992)proposed that ecosystem health was best seen asa comprehensive multiscale dynamic hierarchicalmeasure of system resilience organization andvigour [concepts that] are embodied in the term lsquosus-tainabilityrsquo which implies the systemrsquos ability to main-tain its structure (organization) and function (vigour)over time in the face of external stress (resilience)

All 3 components are necessary (Mageau et al1995) (1) a system lacking in vigour would tend to -wards abiotic thermodynamic equilibrium (2) sys-tems with excess vigour but lsquolittle or no organizationsuch as nutrient enriched lakes hellip or early succes-sional ecosystems dominated hellip by lsquorrsquo selected spe-ciesrsquo (p 204) tend towards excessive blooms and (3)lsquocertain highly managed systems such as agricul-ture aquaculture and plantationsrsquo (p 204) lackresilience and require continuous human interventionfor their maintenance Costanza amp Mageau (1999)thought that organization might be quantifiedthrough the analysis of trophic networks (eg Ulano -wicz amp Kay 1991 Christensen amp Pauly 1992) andvigour quantified by measurements of lsquoecosystemmetabolismrsquo including its primary production

Resilience is presently seen as the key componentof system health Holling (1973) defined it as lsquoa mea-sure of the ability of [eco]systems to absorb changesof state variables driving variables and parametersrsquo(p 17) without ceasing to exist Folke et al (2004)saw resilience as lsquothe capacity of a system to absorbdisturbance and reorganize while undergoingchange so as to maintain essentially the same func-tions structure identity and feedbacksrsquo (p 558) Lossof resilience is now seen as leading to regime shift a

Humansociety

andeconomy

ECOSYSTEM

Organization

Vigour

Resilience

Resilience maintains

STATE against PRESSURES

Multiple ampalternative

trophicpathways

Co-adaptedspecies

Functional ampresponsediversity

Stabilizingfeedback

loops

Spatialheterogeneity Production Metabolism

Nutrientfluxes

Services

Trans-boundary

fluxes PRESSURES

(Eco) System boundary

Buffers

Against

IMPACTS

DRIVERS

Fig 2 A systems conceptualization of ecosystem health Ecosystem components (biota their non-living environment andtrophic and biogeochemical fluxes) are suggested by the white network Overlying this are the high-level lsquointernal descriptorsrsquoof system state organization and vigour These are responsible for the external property of resilience which buffers ecosystemstate and services against externally imposed (anthropogenic) pressures and other boundary fluxes thus maintaining system in-tegrity Health describes the ability to maintain systems integrity and it and resilience are emergent properties of the systemthey cannot be localized into any particular component At the left are listed the attributes of organization that are thought to contribute to resilience Components of vigour are shown at the base of the ecosystem box To the right is shown the matchinghuman system which together with the ecosystem makes up a social-ecological system Only endogenous pressuresmdashthose

generated within this systemmdashare shown

Tett et al Ecosystem health

change to a new internal organization rather thanextinction Holling (1973) visualized continued exis-tence as requiring trajectories in state space toremain within a basin of attraction and distinguishedresilience from lsquostabilityrsquomdashlsquothe ability of a system toreturn to equilibrium after a temporary disturbancersquo(p 17) Much sub sequent literature however hasequated lsquoresiliencersquo with Hollingrsquos stability and theability to recover after perturbation This includedElliott et al (2007) and Tett et al (2007) However itnow seems best to see resilience as having severalcomponents one of which is recovery to lsquoequilib-riumrsquo bearing in mind that the restored equilibriummay be dynamic or correspond to a complex attractorin state space (Gowen et al 2012) Other componentsof resilience (Walker et al 2004) are resistance topressure and latitude the greatest amount that asystem can change before losing its ability to regain(or remain in) its original regime and correspondingto the size of Hollingrsquos lsquobasin of attractionrsquo

Like Scheffer et al (2001) Folke et al (2004)argued that anthropogenic disturbance to ecosys-tems reduces resilience and increases the chances ofregime shift This leads to the metaphor of the lsquocliffrsquoin pressure-state diagrams (Fig 3) (Elliott et al 2007Tett et al 2007 van de Koppel et al 2008) The para-digm in such diagrams is that natural ecosystems areresilient and so resistant to anthropogenic pressuresBeyond a certain level of pressure however there is

a danger of ecosystem collapse from which it mightbe difficult to recover speedily (or at all) to the origi-nal conditions An alternative metaphor (Fig 4) isthat of a stability landscape in which a ball (repre-senting system state) rolls to the lowest point in thevalley but can be displaced into other valleys eitherby change in the landscape or by increased move-ment of the ball (Scheffer et al 2001 Walker et al2004) Duarte et al (2009) pointed to the problem oflsquoshifting baselinesrsquo encountered when attempting toreturn an ecosystem to a prior state such as thatexisting before eutrophication They illustrated theproblem with plots of state against pressure (corre-sponding to Fig 3) but it could also be seen in termsof the changes in the topography of the landscape inFig 4 Finally Scheffer et al (2009) suggested thatsystems (such as ecosystems but also economies)showed an increase in variability as they approachedlsquocritical transitionsrsquo between regimes

The idea of panarchy (Gunderson amp Holling 2002Holling 2004) is that on any particular spatial scalesystems naturally go through periods of collapse andrecovery During recovery a system can adapt tochanged circumstances because post-collapse con-ditions can select for different species (in an ecosys-tem) or different institutions (in a society) The con-cept of panarchy also includes the interactions of

9

External pressure (P)

Ecosystem state (S)

Recovery(as pressuredecreases)

Resistance (to increasing pressure)

Collapsesystem hasexceededlsquoelastic limitrsquo

Latitude

Offset(may bedeemedto be aregimeshift)

Hyster-esis

ΔSΔP

Compliance = ndashΔSΔP

Degraded state

Ecosystemservices

Fig 3 The cliff metaphor for change in ecosystem state(modified from Elliott et al 2007 and Tett et al 2007) used toillustrate resilience components (Walker et al 2004) in termsof the effects of external pressure (P) on ecosystem conditionor state (S) Latitude is shown as analogous to the lsquoelasticlimitrsquo of a mechanical system Beyond this limit the systemdeformation no longer changes linearly with pressure Com-pliance is the ratio of state change to pressure change and

thus is the inverse of resistance

Increasing pressure

Decreasing pressure

System distancefrom equilbrium

Equilbrium(attractor)

Criticalpoint

lsquoRange of environmentalconditionsrsquo (Krebs 1988)

Basin ofattraction 1 Basin of

attraction 2

Greater variabilitynear critical point

(Scheffer et al 2009)

Regime shift

Recovery

Disturbance

Fig 4 The landscape metaphor for stability and regime shift(Holling 1973) The ball representing ecosystem statemoves between valleys denoting different regimes follow-ing disturbance to the ball (Krebs 1988) or changes in thelandscape (Scheffer et al 2001) In the metaphor stabilizingeffects are likened to gravity In mathematical terms stabil-ity is the result of the systemrsquos tendency to move towards an

attractor state shown at the bottom of each basin

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

concerns how to combine indicators whilst (1) avoid-ing double-counting of primary variables and (2)recognising each indicatorrsquos importance in relation toecosystem function The problem is especiallymarked when aggregating over levels Do commu-nity and ecosystem effects arise linearly from aggre-gation of organism-level and population-level effectsor can species replacement sustain ecosystem func-tion even if some populations are damaged (forexample by pollution) One combinatorial strategyhas been to use weightings for example Aubry ampElliott (2006) multiplied indicators for estuarine dis-turbance by weights based on expert judgementsand Borja et al (2011) used weights based on relativeimportance and indicator reliability to combine eco-logical quality ratios for the MSFDrsquos qualitative de -scriptors of good condition into a single integratedassessment Another strategy is the precautionarylsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle used by the WFD (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010) where a water body is demotedfrom lsquogoodrsquo status if a single quality element is scoredbelow lsquogoodrsquo A general objection to all these proce-dures is that their outcomes may depend as muchon decisions made about the combinatorial rules ason the actual condition of the ecosystem (Borja ampRodriacuteguez 2010 Caroni et al 2013)

Health as an emergent property of complex systems

An alternative to the empirical approach is whatwe call systemic because its perspective is that ofhealth as an emergent property of the whole ecolog-ical system rather than of any of its componentsAccording to General Systems Theory (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) a system is lsquoa set of elementsstanding in interrelation among themselves and with[their] environmentrsquo The theoryrsquos principles includea subset that apply to the open complex hierarchicaland autopoiumletic systems that are exemplified byorganisms and ecosystems Living systems must beopen (to their external environment) because theyneed a throughput of matter and energy to keep theircomponents in a thermodynamically unlikely state(Schroumldinger 1944 Boulding 1956 Lovelock amp Mar-gulis 1976 Moss 2008) They can persist only if theycan maintain their internal organization and func-tions against these fluxes or are able to restore inter-nal states after perturbation Health in the systemicview is this ability a healthy system is one that main-tains its integrity and is resilient under pressureThus the concept of ecosystem health is more than ametaphor carried over from human health and it is

more than the sum of properties of components Itrefers to patterns of system behaviour that are com-mon to both organisms and ecosystems and ill-health is recognized by a breakdown of this pattern

Systems can be characterized in 2 ways (von Berta-lanffy 1968 1972) Internal description uses statevariables and can be exemplified for biological sys-tems by the Lotka-Volterra equations (Slobodkin1962 Hastings 1996) In a simple case the state vari-ables might be the population sizes of a predator andits prey The behaviour of even small and species-poor ecosystems is more complex than such binarysystems and many variables may be needed to represent their internal state Nevertheless whethera system is simple or complex change can be ex -pressed lsquogeometrically by the trajectories that thestate variables traverse in the state space that is then-dimensional space of possible location of thesevariablesrsquo (von Bertalanffy 1972 p 417) Fig 1 de -

7

Cyclical variation

Long-termtrend

Annual mean

Medium-termvariation

Domain

State

State

State

StateDisturbance

Trajectory

Regime

Regimeshift

Newregime

State variable 2 (S2)

State variable 1 (S1)

ReferenceState

Euclidian distanceradic(∆S1

2 + ∆S22)

Fig 1 Definitions relating to system state variable space ex-emplified for 2 axes but generalizable to any number of di-mensions A state is represented by a point in state space atrajectory is a (temporal) sequence of states a regime is a co-herent bundle of trajectories such as those arising from sea-sonal cycles a domain is a region in state space The Euclid-ian distance gives the (shortest) scalar distance between 2points in a state space of any dimensionality The inset box

shows the 3 types of variability discussed in this paper

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20138

fines the terms used in discussing such state spacediagrams

In the case of external description the behaviour ofthe system is described in terms of interactions withwhat is outside the system often by specifying therelationship between inputs to the system and theresulting outputs Fig 2 combines a systemic viewof an ecosystem with the Driver-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (DPSIR) paradigm of Luiten (1999)as updated by Atkins et al (2011) Anthropogenicdisturbance to trans-boundary fluxes constitutes apressure resulting in changes in the (internal) stateof the system with consequent impacts on societyResilience is the system property that determines theresponse of state to a pressure change it is an emer-gent property because it cannot be localized in anyparticular component of the system

Following a review of system-based definitions ofhealth (Table S4 in Supplement 3) Costanza (1992)proposed that ecosystem health was best seen asa comprehensive multiscale dynamic hierarchicalmeasure of system resilience organization andvigour [concepts that] are embodied in the term lsquosus-tainabilityrsquo which implies the systemrsquos ability to main-tain its structure (organization) and function (vigour)over time in the face of external stress (resilience)

All 3 components are necessary (Mageau et al1995) (1) a system lacking in vigour would tend to -wards abiotic thermodynamic equilibrium (2) sys-tems with excess vigour but lsquolittle or no organizationsuch as nutrient enriched lakes hellip or early succes-sional ecosystems dominated hellip by lsquorrsquo selected spe-ciesrsquo (p 204) tend towards excessive blooms and (3)lsquocertain highly managed systems such as agricul-ture aquaculture and plantationsrsquo (p 204) lackresilience and require continuous human interventionfor their maintenance Costanza amp Mageau (1999)thought that organization might be quantifiedthrough the analysis of trophic networks (eg Ulano -wicz amp Kay 1991 Christensen amp Pauly 1992) andvigour quantified by measurements of lsquoecosystemmetabolismrsquo including its primary production

Resilience is presently seen as the key componentof system health Holling (1973) defined it as lsquoa mea-sure of the ability of [eco]systems to absorb changesof state variables driving variables and parametersrsquo(p 17) without ceasing to exist Folke et al (2004)saw resilience as lsquothe capacity of a system to absorbdisturbance and reorganize while undergoingchange so as to maintain essentially the same func-tions structure identity and feedbacksrsquo (p 558) Lossof resilience is now seen as leading to regime shift a

Humansociety

andeconomy

ECOSYSTEM

Organization

Vigour

Resilience

Resilience maintains

STATE against PRESSURES

Multiple ampalternative

trophicpathways

Co-adaptedspecies

Functional ampresponsediversity

Stabilizingfeedback

loops

Spatialheterogeneity Production Metabolism

Nutrientfluxes

Services

Trans-boundary

fluxes PRESSURES

(Eco) System boundary

Buffers

Against

IMPACTS

DRIVERS

Fig 2 A systems conceptualization of ecosystem health Ecosystem components (biota their non-living environment andtrophic and biogeochemical fluxes) are suggested by the white network Overlying this are the high-level lsquointernal descriptorsrsquoof system state organization and vigour These are responsible for the external property of resilience which buffers ecosystemstate and services against externally imposed (anthropogenic) pressures and other boundary fluxes thus maintaining system in-tegrity Health describes the ability to maintain systems integrity and it and resilience are emergent properties of the systemthey cannot be localized into any particular component At the left are listed the attributes of organization that are thought to contribute to resilience Components of vigour are shown at the base of the ecosystem box To the right is shown the matchinghuman system which together with the ecosystem makes up a social-ecological system Only endogenous pressuresmdashthose

generated within this systemmdashare shown

Tett et al Ecosystem health

change to a new internal organization rather thanextinction Holling (1973) visualized continued exis-tence as requiring trajectories in state space toremain within a basin of attraction and distinguishedresilience from lsquostabilityrsquomdashlsquothe ability of a system toreturn to equilibrium after a temporary disturbancersquo(p 17) Much sub sequent literature however hasequated lsquoresiliencersquo with Hollingrsquos stability and theability to recover after perturbation This includedElliott et al (2007) and Tett et al (2007) However itnow seems best to see resilience as having severalcomponents one of which is recovery to lsquoequilib-riumrsquo bearing in mind that the restored equilibriummay be dynamic or correspond to a complex attractorin state space (Gowen et al 2012) Other componentsof resilience (Walker et al 2004) are resistance topressure and latitude the greatest amount that asystem can change before losing its ability to regain(or remain in) its original regime and correspondingto the size of Hollingrsquos lsquobasin of attractionrsquo

Like Scheffer et al (2001) Folke et al (2004)argued that anthropogenic disturbance to ecosys-tems reduces resilience and increases the chances ofregime shift This leads to the metaphor of the lsquocliffrsquoin pressure-state diagrams (Fig 3) (Elliott et al 2007Tett et al 2007 van de Koppel et al 2008) The para-digm in such diagrams is that natural ecosystems areresilient and so resistant to anthropogenic pressuresBeyond a certain level of pressure however there is

a danger of ecosystem collapse from which it mightbe difficult to recover speedily (or at all) to the origi-nal conditions An alternative metaphor (Fig 4) isthat of a stability landscape in which a ball (repre-senting system state) rolls to the lowest point in thevalley but can be displaced into other valleys eitherby change in the landscape or by increased move-ment of the ball (Scheffer et al 2001 Walker et al2004) Duarte et al (2009) pointed to the problem oflsquoshifting baselinesrsquo encountered when attempting toreturn an ecosystem to a prior state such as thatexisting before eutrophication They illustrated theproblem with plots of state against pressure (corre-sponding to Fig 3) but it could also be seen in termsof the changes in the topography of the landscape inFig 4 Finally Scheffer et al (2009) suggested thatsystems (such as ecosystems but also economies)showed an increase in variability as they approachedlsquocritical transitionsrsquo between regimes

The idea of panarchy (Gunderson amp Holling 2002Holling 2004) is that on any particular spatial scalesystems naturally go through periods of collapse andrecovery During recovery a system can adapt tochanged circumstances because post-collapse con-ditions can select for different species (in an ecosys-tem) or different institutions (in a society) The con-cept of panarchy also includes the interactions of

9

External pressure (P)

Ecosystem state (S)

Recovery(as pressuredecreases)

Resistance (to increasing pressure)

Collapsesystem hasexceededlsquoelastic limitrsquo

Latitude

Offset(may bedeemedto be aregimeshift)

Hyster-esis

ΔSΔP

Compliance = ndashΔSΔP

Degraded state

Ecosystemservices

Fig 3 The cliff metaphor for change in ecosystem state(modified from Elliott et al 2007 and Tett et al 2007) used toillustrate resilience components (Walker et al 2004) in termsof the effects of external pressure (P) on ecosystem conditionor state (S) Latitude is shown as analogous to the lsquoelasticlimitrsquo of a mechanical system Beyond this limit the systemdeformation no longer changes linearly with pressure Com-pliance is the ratio of state change to pressure change and

thus is the inverse of resistance

Increasing pressure

Decreasing pressure

System distancefrom equilbrium

Equilbrium(attractor)

Criticalpoint

lsquoRange of environmentalconditionsrsquo (Krebs 1988)

Basin ofattraction 1 Basin of

attraction 2

Greater variabilitynear critical point

(Scheffer et al 2009)

Regime shift

Recovery

Disturbance

Fig 4 The landscape metaphor for stability and regime shift(Holling 1973) The ball representing ecosystem statemoves between valleys denoting different regimes follow-ing disturbance to the ball (Krebs 1988) or changes in thelandscape (Scheffer et al 2001) In the metaphor stabilizingeffects are likened to gravity In mathematical terms stabil-ity is the result of the systemrsquos tendency to move towards an

attractor state shown at the bottom of each basin

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 20138

fines the terms used in discussing such state spacediagrams

In the case of external description the behaviour ofthe system is described in terms of interactions withwhat is outside the system often by specifying therelationship between inputs to the system and theresulting outputs Fig 2 combines a systemic viewof an ecosystem with the Driver-Pressure-State-Impact-Response (DPSIR) paradigm of Luiten (1999)as updated by Atkins et al (2011) Anthropogenicdisturbance to trans-boundary fluxes constitutes apressure resulting in changes in the (internal) stateof the system with consequent impacts on societyResilience is the system property that determines theresponse of state to a pressure change it is an emer-gent property because it cannot be localized in anyparticular component of the system

Following a review of system-based definitions ofhealth (Table S4 in Supplement 3) Costanza (1992)proposed that ecosystem health was best seen asa comprehensive multiscale dynamic hierarchicalmeasure of system resilience organization andvigour [concepts that] are embodied in the term lsquosus-tainabilityrsquo which implies the systemrsquos ability to main-tain its structure (organization) and function (vigour)over time in the face of external stress (resilience)

All 3 components are necessary (Mageau et al1995) (1) a system lacking in vigour would tend to -wards abiotic thermodynamic equilibrium (2) sys-tems with excess vigour but lsquolittle or no organizationsuch as nutrient enriched lakes hellip or early succes-sional ecosystems dominated hellip by lsquorrsquo selected spe-ciesrsquo (p 204) tend towards excessive blooms and (3)lsquocertain highly managed systems such as agricul-ture aquaculture and plantationsrsquo (p 204) lackresilience and require continuous human interventionfor their maintenance Costanza amp Mageau (1999)thought that organization might be quantifiedthrough the analysis of trophic networks (eg Ulano -wicz amp Kay 1991 Christensen amp Pauly 1992) andvigour quantified by measurements of lsquoecosystemmetabolismrsquo including its primary production

Resilience is presently seen as the key componentof system health Holling (1973) defined it as lsquoa mea-sure of the ability of [eco]systems to absorb changesof state variables driving variables and parametersrsquo(p 17) without ceasing to exist Folke et al (2004)saw resilience as lsquothe capacity of a system to absorbdisturbance and reorganize while undergoingchange so as to maintain essentially the same func-tions structure identity and feedbacksrsquo (p 558) Lossof resilience is now seen as leading to regime shift a

Humansociety

andeconomy

ECOSYSTEM

Organization

Vigour

Resilience

Resilience maintains

STATE against PRESSURES

Multiple ampalternative

trophicpathways

Co-adaptedspecies

Functional ampresponsediversity

Stabilizingfeedback

loops

Spatialheterogeneity Production Metabolism

Nutrientfluxes

Services

Trans-boundary

fluxes PRESSURES

(Eco) System boundary

Buffers

Against

IMPACTS

DRIVERS

Fig 2 A systems conceptualization of ecosystem health Ecosystem components (biota their non-living environment andtrophic and biogeochemical fluxes) are suggested by the white network Overlying this are the high-level lsquointernal descriptorsrsquoof system state organization and vigour These are responsible for the external property of resilience which buffers ecosystemstate and services against externally imposed (anthropogenic) pressures and other boundary fluxes thus maintaining system in-tegrity Health describes the ability to maintain systems integrity and it and resilience are emergent properties of the systemthey cannot be localized into any particular component At the left are listed the attributes of organization that are thought to contribute to resilience Components of vigour are shown at the base of the ecosystem box To the right is shown the matchinghuman system which together with the ecosystem makes up a social-ecological system Only endogenous pressuresmdashthose

generated within this systemmdashare shown

Tett et al Ecosystem health

change to a new internal organization rather thanextinction Holling (1973) visualized continued exis-tence as requiring trajectories in state space toremain within a basin of attraction and distinguishedresilience from lsquostabilityrsquomdashlsquothe ability of a system toreturn to equilibrium after a temporary disturbancersquo(p 17) Much sub sequent literature however hasequated lsquoresiliencersquo with Hollingrsquos stability and theability to recover after perturbation This includedElliott et al (2007) and Tett et al (2007) However itnow seems best to see resilience as having severalcomponents one of which is recovery to lsquoequilib-riumrsquo bearing in mind that the restored equilibriummay be dynamic or correspond to a complex attractorin state space (Gowen et al 2012) Other componentsof resilience (Walker et al 2004) are resistance topressure and latitude the greatest amount that asystem can change before losing its ability to regain(or remain in) its original regime and correspondingto the size of Hollingrsquos lsquobasin of attractionrsquo

Like Scheffer et al (2001) Folke et al (2004)argued that anthropogenic disturbance to ecosys-tems reduces resilience and increases the chances ofregime shift This leads to the metaphor of the lsquocliffrsquoin pressure-state diagrams (Fig 3) (Elliott et al 2007Tett et al 2007 van de Koppel et al 2008) The para-digm in such diagrams is that natural ecosystems areresilient and so resistant to anthropogenic pressuresBeyond a certain level of pressure however there is

a danger of ecosystem collapse from which it mightbe difficult to recover speedily (or at all) to the origi-nal conditions An alternative metaphor (Fig 4) isthat of a stability landscape in which a ball (repre-senting system state) rolls to the lowest point in thevalley but can be displaced into other valleys eitherby change in the landscape or by increased move-ment of the ball (Scheffer et al 2001 Walker et al2004) Duarte et al (2009) pointed to the problem oflsquoshifting baselinesrsquo encountered when attempting toreturn an ecosystem to a prior state such as thatexisting before eutrophication They illustrated theproblem with plots of state against pressure (corre-sponding to Fig 3) but it could also be seen in termsof the changes in the topography of the landscape inFig 4 Finally Scheffer et al (2009) suggested thatsystems (such as ecosystems but also economies)showed an increase in variability as they approachedlsquocritical transitionsrsquo between regimes

The idea of panarchy (Gunderson amp Holling 2002Holling 2004) is that on any particular spatial scalesystems naturally go through periods of collapse andrecovery During recovery a system can adapt tochanged circumstances because post-collapse con-ditions can select for different species (in an ecosys-tem) or different institutions (in a society) The con-cept of panarchy also includes the interactions of

9

External pressure (P)

Ecosystem state (S)

Recovery(as pressuredecreases)

Resistance (to increasing pressure)

Collapsesystem hasexceededlsquoelastic limitrsquo

Latitude

Offset(may bedeemedto be aregimeshift)

Hyster-esis

ΔSΔP

Compliance = ndashΔSΔP

Degraded state

Ecosystemservices

Fig 3 The cliff metaphor for change in ecosystem state(modified from Elliott et al 2007 and Tett et al 2007) used toillustrate resilience components (Walker et al 2004) in termsof the effects of external pressure (P) on ecosystem conditionor state (S) Latitude is shown as analogous to the lsquoelasticlimitrsquo of a mechanical system Beyond this limit the systemdeformation no longer changes linearly with pressure Com-pliance is the ratio of state change to pressure change and

thus is the inverse of resistance

Increasing pressure

Decreasing pressure

System distancefrom equilbrium

Equilbrium(attractor)

Criticalpoint

lsquoRange of environmentalconditionsrsquo (Krebs 1988)

Basin ofattraction 1 Basin of

attraction 2

Greater variabilitynear critical point

(Scheffer et al 2009)

Regime shift

Recovery

Disturbance

Fig 4 The landscape metaphor for stability and regime shift(Holling 1973) The ball representing ecosystem statemoves between valleys denoting different regimes follow-ing disturbance to the ball (Krebs 1988) or changes in thelandscape (Scheffer et al 2001) In the metaphor stabilizingeffects are likened to gravity In mathematical terms stabil-ity is the result of the systemrsquos tendency to move towards an

attractor state shown at the bottom of each basin

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

change to a new internal organization rather thanextinction Holling (1973) visualized continued exis-tence as requiring trajectories in state space toremain within a basin of attraction and distinguishedresilience from lsquostabilityrsquomdashlsquothe ability of a system toreturn to equilibrium after a temporary disturbancersquo(p 17) Much sub sequent literature however hasequated lsquoresiliencersquo with Hollingrsquos stability and theability to recover after perturbation This includedElliott et al (2007) and Tett et al (2007) However itnow seems best to see resilience as having severalcomponents one of which is recovery to lsquoequilib-riumrsquo bearing in mind that the restored equilibriummay be dynamic or correspond to a complex attractorin state space (Gowen et al 2012) Other componentsof resilience (Walker et al 2004) are resistance topressure and latitude the greatest amount that asystem can change before losing its ability to regain(or remain in) its original regime and correspondingto the size of Hollingrsquos lsquobasin of attractionrsquo

Like Scheffer et al (2001) Folke et al (2004)argued that anthropogenic disturbance to ecosys-tems reduces resilience and increases the chances ofregime shift This leads to the metaphor of the lsquocliffrsquoin pressure-state diagrams (Fig 3) (Elliott et al 2007Tett et al 2007 van de Koppel et al 2008) The para-digm in such diagrams is that natural ecosystems areresilient and so resistant to anthropogenic pressuresBeyond a certain level of pressure however there is

a danger of ecosystem collapse from which it mightbe difficult to recover speedily (or at all) to the origi-nal conditions An alternative metaphor (Fig 4) isthat of a stability landscape in which a ball (repre-senting system state) rolls to the lowest point in thevalley but can be displaced into other valleys eitherby change in the landscape or by increased move-ment of the ball (Scheffer et al 2001 Walker et al2004) Duarte et al (2009) pointed to the problem oflsquoshifting baselinesrsquo encountered when attempting toreturn an ecosystem to a prior state such as thatexisting before eutrophication They illustrated theproblem with plots of state against pressure (corre-sponding to Fig 3) but it could also be seen in termsof the changes in the topography of the landscape inFig 4 Finally Scheffer et al (2009) suggested thatsystems (such as ecosystems but also economies)showed an increase in variability as they approachedlsquocritical transitionsrsquo between regimes

The idea of panarchy (Gunderson amp Holling 2002Holling 2004) is that on any particular spatial scalesystems naturally go through periods of collapse andrecovery During recovery a system can adapt tochanged circumstances because post-collapse con-ditions can select for different species (in an ecosys-tem) or different institutions (in a society) The con-cept of panarchy also includes the interactions of

9

External pressure (P)

Ecosystem state (S)

Recovery(as pressuredecreases)

Resistance (to increasing pressure)

Collapsesystem hasexceededlsquoelastic limitrsquo

Latitude

Offset(may bedeemedto be aregimeshift)

Hyster-esis

ΔSΔP

Compliance = ndashΔSΔP

Degraded state

Ecosystemservices

Fig 3 The cliff metaphor for change in ecosystem state(modified from Elliott et al 2007 and Tett et al 2007) used toillustrate resilience components (Walker et al 2004) in termsof the effects of external pressure (P) on ecosystem conditionor state (S) Latitude is shown as analogous to the lsquoelasticlimitrsquo of a mechanical system Beyond this limit the systemdeformation no longer changes linearly with pressure Com-pliance is the ratio of state change to pressure change and

thus is the inverse of resistance

Increasing pressure

Decreasing pressure

System distancefrom equilbrium

Equilbrium(attractor)

Criticalpoint

lsquoRange of environmentalconditionsrsquo (Krebs 1988)

Basin ofattraction 1 Basin of

attraction 2

Greater variabilitynear critical point

(Scheffer et al 2009)

Regime shift

Recovery

Disturbance

Fig 4 The landscape metaphor for stability and regime shift(Holling 1973) The ball representing ecosystem statemoves between valleys denoting different regimes follow-ing disturbance to the ball (Krebs 1988) or changes in thelandscape (Scheffer et al 2001) In the metaphor stabilizingeffects are likened to gravity In mathematical terms stabil-ity is the result of the systemrsquos tendency to move towards an

attractor state shown at the bottom of each basin

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

growth-collapse-recovery cycles across spatial scalesor up and down hierarchies within the main systemThus heterogeneity within an ecosystem may con-tribute to vigour and resilience

Although widely applied a systemic approach toecosystem health is currently less a refutable theoryand more a point of view Its cliff and landscapemetaphors provide explanations that are useful in thepublic domain The challenge however is to findways to quantify ecosystem organization and vigourand to understand how these quantifications relateto ecosystem resilience so that useful predictions offuture ecosystem condition can be made from obser-vations of present state and pressures

Organization and biodiversity

Costanza amp Mageau (1999) explained lsquohigh organi -zationrsquo as lsquoan efficient diversity of components and exchange pathwaysrsquo and proposed its quantificationthrough network analysis (Ulanowicz 1979 2009) Despite some applications of the network approach(Christensen 1995 Christian et al 2010) the difficultyin obtaining adequate data about exchanges hasmeant that most attempts to understand ecosystemfunction in terms of structure have continued to focuson the diversity of components rather than on thediversity of pathways in trophic or biogeochemicalnetworks

Biodiversity has a range of meanings The 1992international Convention for Biological Diversity (CBD)defined it as lsquothe variability among living organismsfrom all sources within species between speciesand of ecosystemsrsquo (Millennium Ecosystem Assess-ment 2005) Here we define biodiversity as the phe-notypic variability amongst organisms within an eco-system and the genetic basis of that variability Inmost eukaryotes that genetic basis is largely organ-ized into reproductively isolated species and it is atthe level of species that biological diversity hasmainly been studied This focus derives from thestandard paradigm of evolutionary ecology which isthat a species is a self-contained gene pool compet-ing with other gene pools for territory in niche hyper-space and thus fitness to survive in the physicalworld (Hutchinson 1957 1965)

This paradigm has led some to propose equilibriummodels of species-abundance distributions based onniche apportionment theory (MacArthur 1957 Tokeshi1993) However others view species diversity as anon-equilibrium phenomenon the result of highphysical disturbance or chaotic internal interactions

allowing multiple species to occupy 1 realized nicheand thus explaining (Scheffer et al 2003) lsquothe para-dox of the planktonrsquo in aquatic ecosystems (Hutchin-son 1961) Is high species diversity then more asymptom of instability than a cause of stability Orcan a diversity of non-equilibrium states contributeto ecosystem resilience under fluctuating conditions

Many (perhaps too many Green amp Chapman 2011)indices of species diversity have been proposed(Washington 1984 Magurran 2004 Gray amp Elliott2009) The simplest are (1) empirical such as thenumber of species scaled to the number of individualsin a sample Others derive from (2) models for species-abundance relationships (McGill et al 2007)(3) the information content of a community or a rep-resentative sample containing a set of taxa of quan-tifiable abundance or (4) the probabilities of differentsorts of inter-organism encounter (Hurlbert 1971)Type (3) exemplified by the index of Shannon (1948)applies to any set of objects and essentially treats variety in a system as if it were a message containinginformation about the system Hurlbert (1971) arguedin favour of (4) on the grounds that whereas the message might be meaningful to ecologists what wasimportant to organisms was whether the next en-counter would be with a mate food item or predator

Contrary to Hurlbertrsquos argument a diversity statis-tic based on species abundances or information the-ory can aggregate much of the fine grain of organ-ism-level interaction and might be deemed usefulif it could be shown to correlate with for exampleresilience Disappointingly most meta-studies fail tofind relationships between standard species diversitymeasures and ecosystem functions that are consis-tent over a variety of ecosystems (eg Hooper et al2005) Ives amp Carpenter (2007) concluded that lsquodiver-sity-stability relationshipsrsquo were complex and thatanthropogenic changes often affect stability and di -versity simultaneously Hooper et al (2005) (Table S5in Supplement 3) cited mostly positive effects of bio-diversity on terrestrial ecosystem services on lsquopro -duction and nutrient retentionrsquo (which we equatewith vigour) and on stability They therefore arguedthat the diversity of functional traits was more impor-tant than the diversity of species Likewise Bengts-son (1998) argued that for the management anddevelopment of sustainable ecosystems it is proba-bly more important to understand the linkages be -tween key species or functional groups and ecosys-tem function rather than focusing on species diversity

Folke et al (2004) distinguished functional-groupdiversity and functional-response diversity The for-mer refers to diversity between sets of species (not

10

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

necessarily taxonomically related) that carry out sim-ilar roles within an ecosystem and hence quantifiesthe variety of ecosystem processes Loss of a func-tional group results in a major change in ecosystemfunctioning Functional-response diversity refers tovariety in the lsquoresponse to environmental changeamong species that contribute to the same ecosystemfunctionrsquo (ie within a functional group Folke et al2004 p 570) and provides lsquoa degree of ecologicalinsurance against ecological uncertaintyrsquo (Hughes etal 2005 p 383) However if all species within a func-tional group respond similarly to pressures thenhigher biodiversity will not afford additional pro -tection Estuaries exemplify naturally species-poorsystems that are fully functioning and resilient(Elliott amp Whitfield 2011) Osmotic stress excludesmany species but the few that can flourish here arethose that are tolerant of disturbance and it appearsthat they can supply all necessary ecosystem func-tions Adaption to pressure might take place withinspeciesrsquo populations rather than by changes in thespecies assemblage as might occur in more species-diverse systems

We conclude that functional-group diversity is thekey component of ecosystem structure that it is qual-itative as much as quantitative and that it can bethought of as a set of dimensions (ie axes in statespace) relevant to a particular biome Supplement 4exemplifies this for soft-bottom communities incoastal waters

Ecosystem change and regime shift

Marine ecosystem services provide benefits tohuman communities valued at about 20 trillion US$per year in 1994 (Costanza et al 1997) A powerfulargument for understanding evaluating and manag-ing marine ecosystem health is the link from healthand resilience to ecosystem function and servicesEcosystems and their services change naturally butthe rate of change seems to have increased as a resultof human activity in the lsquoAnthropocenersquo (Crutzen ampStoermer 2000 Crossland et al 2005) Some alter-ations within ecosystems impact directly on servicesbut the cliff metaphor (Fig 3) suggests the additionalrisk that changes can compoundmdashleading to a lsquotip-ping pointrsquo beyond which there is a partial collapse ofexisting system organization and a change to a newconfiguration The new condition may provide feweror different services and the transition may provedifficult for social groups or economies that dependon particular services

Such transformations of ecosystems are increasinglyreferred to as regime shifts defined as lsquorelativelysudden changes between contrasting persistent statesof a systemrsquo (deYoung et al 2008) or lsquosudden changesin ecosystem structure that can be detected acrossseveral ecosystem componentsrsquo (Spencer et al 2011)They are said (Scheffer et al 2001) to have been ob -served in major terrestrial and marine ecosystemsThe latter include coral reefs (Nystroumlm et al 2000)the north Pacific Ocean (Hare amp Mantua 2000) Ring -koslashbing Fjord (Petersen et al 2008) and the NorthSea (Reid et al 2001 Beaugrand 2004 Weijermanet al 2005 Spencer et al 2011) In the northwesternAtlantic Ocean from the Gulf of Maine to the GrandBanks of Newfoundland there have been majorchanges in fisheries and ecosystems (Rose 2003Buchs baum et al 2005 Bundy amp Fanning 2005) withconsequences that include reduced diversity of har-vest and a simplified food web structure These lsquomayincrease risks of ecological and economic disrup-tionsrsquo (Steneck et al 2011)

What are claimed as steps might be artefacts of thenumerical methods used in analysis (Spencer et al2011) Nevertheless large changes do occur andwhat seems crucial from a human perspective is thatthe ecosystem has reached a new condition qualita-tively different from that in which it was originallyfound that the new state is persistent and that it pro-vides different services

As Scheffer et al (2001) point out lsquothe notion thatecosystems may switch abruptly to an alternativestate emerged from theoretical modelsrsquo Solutions todynamic models with 1 or 2 equations show a rangeof responses of system state variables to linear in -creases in forcing (May 1977 Collie et al 2004)These responses may be lsquosmoothrsquo (ie linearly pro-portional) lsquoabruptrsquo (ie showing a runaway response)or lsquodiscontinuousrsquo (in which the system skips to anon-adjacent state) depending on parameter valuesin the equations Boundary exchange can suppresssuch discontinuities (van de Koppel et al 2008)These models provide insights into ecological dy -namics but may be too simple to quantify real eco-system behaviour Most theoretical thinking aboutregime shift has used conceptual rather than numer-ical or analytical models such as the cliff and land-scape metaphors in Figs 3 amp 4

Under both landscape and cliff metaphors a sys-temrsquos approach to the point at which regime shiftoccurs is associated with a breakdown of resilienceIn the most general systemic terms the breakdownis a temporary loss of negative (stabilizing) feedbackloops so that for a time the system becomes domi-

11

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

nated by positive (disruptive) feedback before set-tling into a new basin of attraction (either in ametaphorical landscape or in state space) As consid-ered in the preceding subsection more concreteexplanations might involve loss of functional andresponse diversities erosion of trophic networks ordisturbances to ecosystem metabolism associated withthe symptoms of ecosystem pathology (Tables S2 ampS3 in Supplement 2) A purely empirical expla nationwould centre on the loss of key stabilizing compo-nents for example explaining the decline of Alaskankelp forests by increased echinoderm grazing follow-ing a decline in sea-otters (Estes amp Duggins 1995)which was perhaps due to increased predation bykiller whales deprived of their former prey the greatwhales (Estes et al 2004)

Substantial changes have already occurred incoastal ecosystems as a result of human removal ofmost large marine vertebrates including whalesdugongs turtles and larger fish (Jackson et al 2001Estes et al 2004 Thurstan amp Roberts 2010) The con-sequences include greater risk of eutrophication be -cause of lsquomicrobialization of the global coastal oceanrsquo(Jackson et al 2001) It is not clear that such changeswould fully reverse were fisheries and other pressureto be relaxed and coastal environments restored(Duarte et al 2009) and in any case such relaxationand restoration might be difficult to achieve Never-theless the depleted systems (although changed inorganization) might retain sufficient functional diver-sity and resilience to continue providing some serv-ices despite external pressures

The hypothesis that altered ecosystems might behealthy systems is of considerable practical impor-tance Although arguably incompatible with lawssuch as the WFD which equate good status solelywith that of lsquoreference conditionsrsquo (see lsquoEcosystemhealth as an aggregate propertyrsquo above) the hypoth-esis is consistent with the requirements of other lawssuch as the MSFD (Borja et al 2012) that definelsquogood environmental statusrsquo as that of seas that arefunctioning well and providing for sustainable use

THEORY OF ECOSYSTEM HEALTH

Definition and components of ecosystem health

As shown above there are diverse opinions aboutthe nature of ecosystems and what is to be under-stood by calling them healthy Nevertheless there isa need for guidance on how to protect marine ecosys-tems One strategy is to seek consensus amongst a

group of experts (eg Foley et al 2010) Such a group(the authors of this article) met in Lowestoft UK at aseries of workshops in 2010 tasked with (1) develop-ing a theory of ecosystem health and (2) suggestinghow this theory might be used for evaluating theholistic state of marine ecosystems in the context ofEuropean requirements to maintain good ecologicalstatus (WFD) and good environmental status (MSFD)

Participants agreed on a definition of health thattook account of both the empirical and the systemicviews

Ecosystem health depends on the physiologicalhealth of the constituent organisms the characteristicproperties and interactions of the species presentand the emergent properties of the system comprisingthe biota and their environment Healthy ecosystemscan sustain services to humans They are vigorousresilient to externally imposed pressures and able tomaintain themselves without human managementThey contain organisms and populations that are freeof stress-induced pathologies and biodiversity thatincludes (1) a functional diversity enabling all biogeo-chemical and trophic functions appropriate to theecohydrodynamic conditions and (2) a diversity of re-sponses to external pressures All expected trophiclevels are present and well interconnected and thereis good spatial connectivity amongst subsystems

Any assessment of ecosystem health in relation tothis definition must be made on appropriate spatialand temporal scales and must take into account thelocal ecohydrodynamic conditions and the degree ofopenness of the systemrsquos boundaries

To the original 3 health components of vigour or ga -ni zation and resilience (Mageau et al 1995 Costanzaamp Mageau 1999) workshop participants added hier-archy (including spatial granularity) and trajectory totake account of ecological variability in space andtime (Table 2) We could not identify simple indicatorsof ecosystem health Instead we propose the use oftrajectories in state space to assess change in ecosys-tem condition The definition of health and the pro-posal to use trajectories constitutes a framework forunderstanding marine ecosystem health which wehope will influence programmes for monitoringcoastal waters and managing pressures thereon

Extent and granularity of an ecosystem

The first task in applying the framework is todefine an ecosystemrsquos extent and describe its bound-aries where they are what crosses them and what isincluded within them The boundaries may be fixed

12

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

by natural features but are typically drawn byhuman custom or legislation European examplesinclude the lsquowaterbodiesrsquo of the WFD and the largemarine lsquosubregionsrsquo of the MSFD (Borja et al 2010)

The second task concerns how to deal with hierar-chy the existence of functionally distinct subsystems(such as pelagos and benthos) and spatial patchinessGranularity can arise in the benthos from a patch-work of sediment types (Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or inthe plankton from differing spatial and temporal pat-terns of mixing and stratification (Pingree amp Griffiths1978 Tett et al 2007) It can also result from internaldynamics such as the local settlement growth andmortality of a cohort that temporarily dominates aregion of benthos (Pearson amp Barnett 1987) or fromgradients of anthropogenic pressure as with increas-ing distance from a fish farm (Brown et al 1987Nickell et al 2003) or an urbanized coast (Garmendiaet al 2011) As discussed resilience may in partderive from spatial connectivity and the possibility ofone sub-region reseeding another after local col-lapse Connectivity can be physical for examplewhen larvae are transported by water movements orbiological for example migration to exploit season-ally varying food supply Life cycle closure theory(Sinclair 1987 Sinclair amp Iles 1989) suggests that spe-ciesrsquo populations adapt their migratory and repro-

ductive behaviour to prevailing circulation patterns(Peterson 1998)

A variety of methods are available for observingspatial variability in marine ecosystems (Table S7 inSupplement 5) Such variation if analysed in terms ofecosystem health can be related to gradients of pres-sure and thus used to understand and manage thepressures that disturb health (COM 2010) In addi-tion we anticipate that the use of these methods willlead to a better understanding of the role of spatialvariation in holistic ecosystem function For now wepropose to smooth out such variability by spatiallyaggregating or averaging and to deal with hierarchyby seeing it as part of system organization and henceby a suitable choice of system state variables

Organization and vigour

The conclusions of the review were that keyaspects of ecosystem organization are (1) spatial het-erogeneity and connectivity (2) functional diversityand response diversity (3) trophic connectance and(4) the existence of co-adapted species and stabiliz-ing feedbacks Vigour is the ability to maintain orrenew organization (Costanza 1992) At the level ofthe system it concerns biogeochemical fluxes espe-

13

Component Definition Explanation

Structure or organization

The types and arrangements or interconnections of the components of a system

If the system is thought of as a net then this component comprises both the nodes and the linksmdashthe components and their connections however the nodes correspond to functional groups rather than species and thus structure is not related to biodiversity as measured by number of species or related indices but to functional diversity and (trophic) connectance

Vigour The ability of a system to maintain or renew its organization drawing on production

Vigour concerns the functioning of the networkmdashif that is seen as a set of pipes then vigour concerns the fluxes through the pipes and so would include primary production nutrient cycling and balance terms such as net production or ratios such as that of production to respiration or allochthonous to autochthonous production it might also include reproductive vigour and successional vigour the potential for the biotic community to recolonize a region that has suffered disturbance

Resilience The capacity of a system to maintain its integrity under pressure

Resilience emerges (in the systemic view) from organization and vigour and empirically may depend in part on key species and on functional response diversity it is an ecosystemrsquos capability to maintain its functions and structure under external pressure either by resistance to the pressure recovery from its effects or adapting to it when this capability is exceeded then there is a regime shift

Hierarchy and granularity

The distribution and interconnection of sub-systems and subregions within the ecosystem

Hierarchy includes both (1) the ecological equivalent of lsquosubsidiarityrsquo the existence of subsystems that can to some extent function independently (eg pelagos benthos) and (2) granularity the existence of spatially distinct subregions that can re-seed adjacent subregions following disturbance spatial connectivity refers to the links between these subregions all these aspects (sometimes linked under the title of panarchy) might contribute to resilience

Trajectory A sequence of system states plotted in state space

Refers to change in the internal description of an ecosystem the way in which system state including structure and vigour changes with time resolved on an appropriate scale trajectory plotted in state variable space and related to pressures is diagnostic in that it allows resilience to be estimated and could be prognostic (of decreasing or recovering health) if there was a theory or model that allows a domain of good health (high resilience) to be located in a state space diagram

Table 2 The proposed 5 components of ecosystem health

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201314

cially of compounds of carbon nitrogen and phos-phorus and associated biochemical energy At thelevel of species it concerns population maintenancerequiring not only reproductive success but in somecases also adequate spatial connectivity At the levelof the community are successional processes whichin marine systems may include seasonal planktoncycles (Margalef 1978) or benthic recovery from dis-turbance (Pearson amp Rosenberg 1976) and which areillustrated as the doughnut-shaped bundles of trajec-tories in Fig 1 Finally there is the idea of balance tobe considered not a static balance in which everypart of the food web is in harmony but a dynamicand panarchic balance in which populations fluctu-ate and are replaced allowing ecosystems to adapt topressures

Understanding these issues and their contributionto ecosystem resilience is a crucial challenge forthose studying community ecology Some progresshas been made since Hollingrsquos (1973) pessimistic con-clusion that estimating resilience by measuring theextent of the lsquodomain of attractionrsquo in state space willlsquorequire an immense amount of knowledge of a sys-tem and it is unlikely that we will often have all that isnecessaryrsquo (p 20) Salihoglu et al (2013) report pro -gress in coupling community ecology with observa-tions and modelling of biogeochemical cycles in largemarine ecosystems Nevertheless it is not yet possibleto state in quantitative terms a functional relation-ship between organization vigour and resilience

Trajectories in state space

Given the lack of sufficient theory-based under-standing of the holistic functioning of ecosystems weopted for a more pragmatic approach This involvesthe analysis of trajectories in state space and is com-patible with both empirical and systemic views

Movement in state space has several components(Fig 1) repeating or semi-cyclical variation medium -term variability and long-term movement relativeto a reference condition State space plots do notinclude a time-axis but variation such as that associ-ated with seasonal cycles of plankton will show asloops which might be seen as part of ecosystemorganization (Tett et al 2007) Similar semi-closedtrajectories might result from succession (and returnto climax) after disturbance Although the phenologyof seasonal change is itself important (Racault et al2012) the topic of cyclical variation is outside thescope of the present review and we smooth it byplotting annual mean states lsquoMedium-termrsquo variabil-

ity is the difference between successive means or thedeviations of these means from a long-term trend

Estimation of such a trend requires a referencepoint from which (or to which) distance can be calcu-lated For present purposes this reference point isarbitrary and need not be identified with formerlypristine conditions or with any desired ecosystemstate

Scalar distance in state space

Simple mathematical systems and controlled labo-ratory experiments can fully describe system state by1 or 2 variables and can control all except 1 dimen-sion of pressure but this is unlikely to be true of nat-ural marine ecosystems and the multiple pressuresto which they are exposed Yet it aids explanationand understanding if as in Fig 3 multidimensionalchanges in ecosystem state and in pressure can beshown as single variables Such a simplification canbe made in several ways (1) given the identifi cationof a reference domain in state space obser vationsmight be characterized as either within or outsidethis domain as in the lsquoPhytoplankton CommunityIndexrsquo (Tett et al 2008) (2) by using a principal axisobtained by multivariate (statistical) analysis (Muxikaet al 2007 Kenny et al 2009) or (3) calculate the uni-dimensional Euclidian distance between points instate space (see Fig 1 Supplement 6) It is this latteroption that we adopt in the next section to estimatedistance travelled from a reference condition

A state space approach with orthogonal axesimplies that all state variables are of equal worth inquantifying state and thus potentially avoids one ofthe difficulties in aggregating ecosystem status com-ponents Furthermore because the axes are orthogo-nal it is unnecessary to require variables to be meas-ured in the same units However it is desirable tostandardize the axes in some way for convenience inviewing state space diagrams as well as for combiningmovements along the axes into a scalar quantity Log-arithmic transformation of planktonic data is oftenadopted in the interests of normalizing variability(Barnes 1952) and has the additional advantage ofapproximating relative change (since ln[x] asymp ΔXX forsmall changes) and homogenizing units prior to com-bination in Euclidian distance Multivariate analysestypically go on to divide variables by their standarddeviations but this may be a step too far when as -sessing movement in state space it may be desirableto give more weight to variables that are relativelymore changeable

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Pressure-state model based on an elasticitymetaphor

It is an axiom of the DPSIR (and similar) frameworksthat a change in pressure causes a change in ecosys-tem state According to the systemic view of ecosystemhealth the extent of the state change for a given pres-sure change is a function of the resistance componentof the systemrsquos resilience (Walker et al 2004) Ourproposal is to relate change in ecosystem state tochange in pressure on the analogy of Hookersquos Law ofelasticity in mechanical systems It is assumed thatvalues of the state and pressure variables have beenaveraged over appropriate spatial and temporal scalesso as to remove effects of spatial heterogeneity andcyclical variation We define ecosystem compliance(Fig 3) as the ratio of state change to pressure changeie as the analogue of the coefficient of elasticity inHookersquos Law and the reciprocal of ecological resist-ance An ecosystem with high resistance will complyonly weakly with pressure increases so long as thesystem remains (in the elasticity analogue) within itselastic limit within a valley in the landscape metaphor(Fig 4) or before it reaches the cliff in Fig 3

Scheffer et al (2009 2012 see also Lenton 2013)suggested that increased variability was a sign ofdecreasing system resilience and hence could pro-vide an early warning of regime shift Such varia -bility can be demonstrated numerically in solutionsof simple models (Collie et al 2004) Ecosystems aremore complex than these models but the mechanis-tic explanation can be used as an analogy a systemon the cusp of a regime shift can be thought of asbeing pulled in several directions by lsquoattractorsrsquo forthe old and new regimes If it is also subject to otherdynamic fluctuations it may experience large fluctu-ations in condition before settling down into a newregime The elasticity metaphor for resilience alsoleads to the prediction (Supplement 6) that medium-term variability will increase as resilience de creaseswithout any corresponding increase in pressure vari-ability Thus we propose to use medium-term vari-ability as a proxy for (inverse) resilience without fur-ther considering pressure-state relationships

Data requirements

The proposal to track the state of an ecosystem byplotting its condition in successive periods as asequence of points in state space does not stronglyconstrain the choice of state variables Given self-standardization to ensure that axes are of equal

worth there is not even a requirement for consis-tency in units Thus it should be possible to use vari-ables that reference system organization alongsidethose that refer to vigour It is however crucial thatthe selected variables should comprise an overallview of an ecosystem whilst avoiding redundancy

Another requirement is for time-series that arelong enough for trends to be distinguished from themedium-term variability used as a proxy for resili-ence in the type of analysis that we propose Thenext section contains an example not intended to bedefinitive of a state space analysis of a few time-series of adequate length from a large marine water-body the North Sea

EXAMPLE OF THE STATE SPACE APPROACH

The North Sea ecosystem

The North Sea is a large continental shelf seawhich exchanges with the northeast Atlantic Oceanacross its northern margin and indirectly throughthe Strait of Dover at its southern extremity Itreceives significant freshwater inputs from the BalticSea via the Kattegat in the east and from major riverssuch as the Rhine along its southeastern flank (Rodhe1998) Its ecosystems are subject to pressure fromfisheries nutrient enrichment seabed disturbanceand toxic pollutants (Ducrotoy amp Elliott 2008)

The North Sea can be viewed as a semi-enclosedbox with a mean flushing time of about 1 yr and thusas a single ecosystem over which trophic fluxes can beaveraged (Rodhe et al 2006) Alternatively the seacan be sub-divided into ecohydrodynamically distinctpelagic regions (Tett et al 1993 Rodhe et al 2006)zones of benthic associations related to sediment type(Kuumlnitzer et al 1992) or areas shown to be similar byempirical statistical analysis (Kenny et al 2009)

To avoid difficulties in aggregating data from dif-ferent ecohydrodynamic regions we focus here onthe northwestern part of the North Sea (Fig 5) aregion defined by the Continuous Plankton RecorderSurvey as Standard Areas B2 and C2 (Reid et al2003) Offshore waters of this region range in depthfrom ~60 to 120 m deep and are thermally stratifiedduring late spring summer and early autumn

Choice of state variables

Three variables were chosen to represent differentparts of the food web They were the rearing success

15

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

of black-legged kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla the abun-dance of the copepod genus Calanus and simulatednet annual water column primary production In theterms introduced in the section lsquoHealth as an emer-gent property of complex systemsrsquo above primaryproduction and kittiwake rearing success might betaken as indicators of vigour and the 3 variables collectively indicate the organization of the foodweb The variables are not homogenous either intheir units or as functional entities Neverthelessthey serve to demonstrate the state space methodand to show that it does not impose strong constraintson the data that may be used

Data for kittiwake rearing success defined as chicksfledged pairminus1 yrminus1 were taken from several sourcesAnnual averages for all Scottish nesting sites ob -served by the UK Seabird Monitoring Programme(SMP) between 1986 and 2008 were taken fromJNCC (2011) Most of these sites (gt75 of those inScotland) are on the Orkney and Shetland Islandsand the east coast of Scotland (Mitchell et al 2004)Five-year running means for 1956 through 1980(Coulson amp Thomas 1985) from a single kittiwakecolony in North Shields (northeast England at550degN on the southern boundary of the studyregion) were used to extend the series Turner (2010)reports rearing success for the same colony in 2000

The rearing success of kittiwakes is presumed todepend on the abundance of juvenile herring (Coul-son amp Thomas 1985) or sand-eels (Wanless et al2007) near the surface of the sea Feeding areas wereassumed to be mainly in the offshore North Sea

Calanus spp numbers were taken from Continu-ous Plankton Recorder (CPR) surveys (Warner ampHays 1994) These may underestimate real abun-dance (Dippner amp Krause 2013) but what we requireis relative consistency over the time-series Annualmeans were calculated from counts on samples fromCPR regions B2 and C2 Sample values (copepodsper tow unit ie in about 3 m3 of water) were interpo-lated for each month onto a uniform grid of 1deg longi-tude by 05deg latitude (Vezzulli amp Reid 2003) We com-bined the abundances of Calanus finmarchicus andC helgolandicus viewing the genus as an exampleof a functional type with the species providing func-tional response diversity

Net annual water column primary production (g Cmminus2) was estimated from a North Sea hindcast withEuropean Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEMBaretta et al 1995 Ruardij amp Van Raaphorst 1995)linked (Lenhart et al 2010 van Leeuwen et al 2013)to the General Estuarine Transport Model (GETMBurchard amp Bolding 2002) Climatological boundary

conditions (ie a 1 yr cycle) were used for nutrientsalong the simulated Atlantic margin Annual totals ofproduction were averaged over areas B2 and C2 (Fig5) from model gridpoints between 550deg N and604deg N west of a line from 449deg E (at 550deg N) to302deg E (at 604deg N)

To obtain the co-ordinates in state space for a start-ing point for the trajectory we (1) averaged CPRCalanus data for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 25 copepods sampleminus1 (2) averaged simu-lated production for 1958 to 1962 resulting in a meanvalue of 137 g C mminus2 yrminus1 (3) assumed a kittiwakebreeding success of 14 fledglings nestminus1 based on themature stage (around 1960) of the colony reported inCoulson amp Thomas (1985)

16

Fig 5 Part of the North Sea showing the Continuous Plank-ton Recorder (CPR) regions B2 and C2 used for copepod dataand for which primary production was calculated from ahindcast simulation with the General Estuarine Transport-European Regional Seas Ecosystem (GETM-ERSEM) modelResults from the GETM physical model (S van Leeuwen un-publ data) were also used to define the ecohydrodynamic re-gions shown North Shields was the site of the kittiwake col -ony monitored by Coulson (1966) Coulson amp Thomas (1985)and Turner (2010) Other colonies occur at coastal sites northof North Shields to Shetland and are supposed to feed mainly

within the northwestern North Sea (Wanless et al 2007)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Time-series plots

Average net primary production simulated byGETM-ERSEM was 130 g C mminus2 yrminus1 with 90 ofvalues lying between 115 and 151 This is higherthan the range (50 to 100 g C mminus2 yrminus1) of results fromother models and observations (Supplement 7) Val-ues were slightly lower in the middle part of the timeseries (Fig 6c) but there was no obvious long-termtrend This may be because the simulation used cli-matological northern boundary conditions Heath ampBeare (2008) calculated new production from theobserved spring draw-down in nutrients in each yearbetween 1960 and 2003 and obtained higher val-uesmdashimplying greater in flow of Atlantic watermdashduring the first 2 decades

Calanus abundance (Fig 6b) showed an earlydecrease with some recovery in recent decadesperhaps associated with observed changes in plank-tonic communities (Beaugrand et al 2002) The kit-tiwake data (Fig 6a) also show a steady decline(from the start of the SMP time-series in 1986) pos-sibly the result of changes in the availability of itsprey fishes in turn influenced by fisheries and byclimate fluctuations (Coulson amp Thomas 1985 Fur-ness amp Tasker 2000 Wanless et al 2007) Theagreement between the SMP data and Turnerrsquos(2010) measurement of rearing at the North Shieldscolony in 2000 lends con fidence to combining earlyand recent kittiwake data

State space plot

The data were plotted in 3 dimensions using a Mat-lab script and standard 3D plotting and viewing func-tions Fig 7 shows the trajectory of annual meansthrough the state space No transformations havebeen applied at this stage There are 3 obvious fea-tures to this trajectory First there is much inter-annual variability Second there has been a long-term decrease in kittiwake rearing success and inCalanus abundance Third consequent on the sec-ond point the system has moved a long way from theconditions ca 1960 There is however no indicationof sudden change from one contrasting and persist-ing state to another ie no evidence for a regime shiftas defined by deYoung et al (2008)

Fig 8a shows the standardized Euclidian distance(Fig 1) of each annual point in Fig 7 from the arbi-trary 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo and confirms theextent and continuity of the change Annual scalarvariability (Fig 8b hypothesized to be proportionalto compliance and inverse resilience) was calculatedas the absolute deviation from the trend-line fitted tothis change Although only the copepod data weretaken from a single monitoring programme the 11 yrrunning mean (labelled lsquosmoothedrsquo in Fig 8b) sug-gests an initial trend of increasing variability fol-lowed perhaps by a weak trend of a decrease Theseresults are presented to exemplify the state space ap -proach rather than to test hypo theses about change

17

Kittiwake breeding success

Calanus spp abundance (CPR)

Net primary production (model)

Year

Chi

cks

rear

ed

per

nes

tC

alan

us s

pp

p

er t

ow u

nit

gC

mndash2

yr

15

1

05

0

40

20

0

N ShieldsSMP

B2C2

B2C2

180160140120100

80

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

a

b

c

Fig 6 Time-series for the studyregion of values of the 3 statevariables (a) Kittiwake repro-ductive success (in chicksreared per nest) either from asingle colony at North Shields(5 yr running mean) or from theScottish colonies observed bythe Seabird Monitoring Pro-gramme (SMP) (b) Calanus sppabundance an nual mean num-bers of C finmarchicus and C helgolandicus individuals perContinuous Plankton Recorder(CPR) tow unit within the re-gions B2 and C2 (see Fig 5) (c) simulated net primary pro-duction was that hindcast bythe General Estuarine Trans-port-European Regional SeasEcosystem (GETM-ERSEM)model in g C fixed mminus2 yrminus1 averaged over the same regions

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

and so we have not carried out rigorous time-seriesanalysis Nevertheless a third order polynomial ex -plained a significant part of the variability in the dataand confirmed the pattern in the running mean

Assessment

The 3 state variables used in this example wereintended to capture 3 elements of the trophic net-

work in the North Sea They were also chosenbecause adequately long time-series of each wereavailable and sufficiently understood to explain andcaveat the conclusions reached from the analysisClearly lsquoadequately longrsquo implies half a century ormore in these waters in order to take account of nat-ural fluctuations and the decadal time-scales ofobserved ecosystem changes (Kenny et al 2009)

Several studies have deduced a regime shift in theNorth Sea centred either on 1988 (Edwards et al

18

Euc

lidia

n d

ista

nce

s

a) Scalar distance from referenceAnnualTrend

Year

Dev

iatio

n srsquo

b) Deviation from trendAnnualSmoothedPolynomial

srsquo

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

1

08

06

04

02

0

04035

03025

02015

01005

01950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010

Fig 8 Scalar change in ecosystem statederived from the state space plot in Fig7 showing (a) time-series of Euclidiandistance from arbitrary 1960 referencecondition The distance was calculatedas the square root of the sum of squaresof the base 10 logarithms of the differ-ence between each variable and its ref-erence value The trend line is a fittedthird order polynomial (r2 = 053 p lt001 df = 42) (b) Scatter plots of (ab-solute values of) annual deviation fromthe trend with 11 yr running means andfitted third order polynomial (r2 = 017 plt 001 df = 38 starting from n = 46 4 dfused in fitting each curve) The devia-tion srsquo corresponds to the system compli-ance and is interpreted as the inverse ofthe resistance component of resilienceNote that the earlier kittiwake data are 5yr running means but from one site thelater data (1987 through 2008) are an-nual values averaged over many sites

Fig 7 State space plots of the time-series of annual values of kittiwake breeding success(chicks reared per nest) Calanus spp abun-dance (copepods per tow unit of approx 3 m3)and simulated primary production in the north-western North Sea The green lines intersect atthe examplersquos arbitrary reference point circa1960 The dashed red line corresponds to thetime-series from 1958 until 1980 (kittiwake datafrom North Shields only) and the solid blue lineis kittiwake data from the Seabird MonitoringProgramme (SMP) The grey lines plotted onthe sides of the cube show the graphs for each2-dimensional subset of the state variables Thestate of the ecosystem has changed substan-tially between 1960 and 2008 (ie there is along-term trend) in addition the system showsmuch year-to-year (medium term) variation

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

2001 Reid et al 2001 McQuatters-Gollop et al 2007)or on 1993 (Kenny et al 2009) Such a shift is not evident in Fig 7 which is more compatible with theconclusion by Spencer et al (2011 p 19) thatlsquochanges in UK marine communities appear to bedominated by gradual trends over the last two tothree decadesrsquo However Fig 8b suggests increasingvariability (about the long-term trend in Fig 8a) untilabout 1980 If this is interpreted (Scheffer et al 2009)as a decrease in ecosystem re silience it would becompatible with an approach to a gradual regimeshift during the 1980s

SYNTHESIS AND A LOOK FORWARDS

Holistic approach

Marine ecosystems include co-adapted specieslinked through trophic networks and biogeochemicalcycles with the consequence that disturbance tosome speciesrsquo populations can im pact on those ofother species or modify ecosystem services thatdepend on inter actions among ecosystem compo-nents It is necessary to understand these links andto identify whole-ecosystem quality objectives andas sessment methods if environmental managers areto fully protect ecosystem services and ensure theirsustainable use under pressure Several integratedassessment methods have been proposed in recentyears We consider 3 examples each with a differentap proach to the challenge

Working within the same (European) policy frame-work as us Borja et al (2011) suggested an aggrega-tive approach to GES under the MSFD The issuehere is the weights used in the combinatorial processwhich must be decided by expert judgement Hal -pern et al (2012) proposed a generic lsquoocean healthindexrsquo assembled from public goals for marine eco-system services This may allow too much focus onparticular uses of marine systems even if the sustain-ability of such use depends on the maintenance ofgood ecosystem health and it provides little insightinto the functioning that underpins health Closest toour proposed use of state space is the method used byHemery et al (2008) who took the first principalcomponent from a multivariate analysis as an overallindex of changing ecosystem state in the Bay of Bis-cay Such use of principal component analysis (PCA)to estimate a scalar distance in a multivariable statespace contrasts with our use of Euclidian distance

Management of ecosystems requires explanationas well as measurement of change Our contention is

that a theory of ecosystem healthmdasheven if yet to befully developedmdashcan provide a basis for understand-ing ecosystem functioning and for monitoring andmanaging marine ecosystems in relation to theirintrinsic worth as well as their value to human soci-ety According to the systemic approach persistenceof an open system depends on the maintenance offunctional integrity whilst processing throughputs ofenergy and materials Resilience is the ability tomaintain integrity despite changes in boundary con-ditions It depends on the organization and vigour ofecosystems Organization which refers to ecosys-tem components and their interconnections includesfunctional-group diversity and functional-responsediversity the occurrence of co-adapted species andthe existence of multiple and alternative trophic path -ways and of stabilizing feedbacks Vigour is the flowof energy and materials that maintains organizationPanarchy takes account of system heterogeneity onmultiple scales in space and time which may con-tribute to resilience

State space method

Resilience is the crucial aspect of ecosystem healthand sustaining it should be the prime objective ofecosystem managers (Gunderson 2000) becauseresilient systems can maintain themselves against pressures and change The challenge is to quantifyits elements resistance latitude and precariousness(Walker et al 2004) In the absence of sufficient eco-logical theory to compute these from directly observ-able properties such as biodiversity (as relating toorganization) and production (as a measure ofvigour) we have proposed the use of a state spaceapproach to track changes in ecosystem condition(Table 3) As discussed in Supplement 6 relatingchanges in state to changes in pressure might allowmodels for system compliance (the inverse of theresistance component of resilience) to be parame-terised empirically In this study however our focushas been on ecosystem state and its changes ratherthan on the causes of those changes

Our method requires the identification of variablesthat define a state space and capture the most impor-tant aspects of ecosystem organization and vigourThe review in lsquoOrganization and biodiversityrsquo abovesuggested that focusing on functional diversity ismost likely to provide insights into ecosystem func-tion and thus ideally that the state variables chosenfor plotting should represent functional groups Thevariables used in our North Sea example were some

19

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201320

way from this ideal but served to demonstrate themethod They also show that the method itself doesnot strongly constrain the choice of state variables

The suggestion to plot marine ecosystem data instate-space is not new Margalef (1978) drew a 2-Dspace defined by conditions in the physico-chemicalenvironment to show the niches preferred by differ-ent types (lifeforms) of phytoplankter and to theorizehow the state of the phytoplankton communityresponded to seasonal or other changes in the physi-cal environment More recently Bald et al (2005)and Muxika et al (2007) used state space plots fromwhich they extracted principal components to char-acterize both the pressures on and the ecologicalstate of the shallow-water benthos

Finally the state space method is based on a de -finition of ecosystem that requires identification of aregion within defined boundaries Ideally theseboundaries would be natural discontinuities In prac-tice they are determined by management considera-tions and in consequence the system thus definedmay contain a patchwork of physical and chemicalenvironments and biotic communities In order toavoid issues resulting from such heterogeneity wechose the comparatively homogenous northern NorthSea for our example It is smaller than the smallestregion (the lsquoGreater North Searsquo) allowed as an as -sessment unit by the MSFD and we have not con -sidered issues relating to spatial patchiness and pan archy

Reference conditions

The results reported here involved the calculationof Euclidian distance from an arbitrary referencecondition and the comparison of variability overtime This procedure is applicable to data from anytype of ecosystem irrespective of the state space co-ordinates of the reference condition or the systemrsquosnatural variability However although not requiredby the method the reference condition would ideallylie within a state space domain corresponding to goodhealth and maximum resilience and we see animportant goal for quantitative ecological theory asbeing the specification of such domains in a variety ofestuarine and coastal ecosystem types The identifi-cation of these domains might we think be achievedin part through the analysis of existing time-seriesof marine ecosystem states pressures and servicesand in part through the development of generic mod-els for relationships between pressures and ecosys-tem states Ideally these models will be of sufficientgenerality to apply to systems of naturally low speciesdiversity such as those found in estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) as well as to the more species-richopen sea ecosystems

An interesting question concerns whether there is aunique domain of health for a given ecosystem typeie under given ecohydrodynamic conditions Thiswould be the case for Clementrsquos (1936) concept of aclimax community and the argument (Moss 2008)

Table 3 Summary of the proposed method for tracking change in ecosystem state and estimating resilience

Steps of the method Example used in this study Issues

1 Identify (spatial extent) of ecosystem

Northwestern part of the North Sea (see Fig 5)

Boundaries determined by natural conditions or by human custom or legislation extent of trans-boundary fluxes

2 Identify spatial granularity and extent of repetitive temporal variability and decide how to average or aggregate over these

Treated as a single spatial unit and averaged or aggregated over a year

Granularity and hierarchy may contribute through panarchy to resilience ecosystem may contain several biomes seasonal variability may be seen as organization

3 Select state variables Annual net primary production (from simulation) mean annual abundance of copepods Calanus spp (from Continuous Plankton Recorder [CPR] survey) kitti-wake chick rearing success (mean over coastal colonies supported by the marine ecosystem under consideration) (see Fig6)

Variables should broadly represent the lsquoconditionrsquo of the ecosystem including its organization and vigour they should comprise time-series extending over several lsquonatural periodsrsquo for that ecosystem

4 Plot trajectory in state space and calculate Euclidian (scalar) distance from (arbitrary) reference condition

3D state space plot in Fig 7 scalar distance from 1960 lsquoreference conditionrsquo in Fig 8a

Euclidian distance is one method to reduce a vector distance to a scalar other options for simplification of a n-dimensional trajectory include extraction of principal component(s) and the enumeration of points in relation to a reference envelope

5 Calculate medium-term variability about trend in state space and use this variability as proxy for (inverse) resilience

Trend established by fitting third order polynomial variability measured as annual deviation from this trend (see Fig 8b)

The distinction between repetitive medium-term and long-term variability the differences in natural variability amongst ecosystems

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health 21

that natural ecosystems are best adapted to their en-vironments It is the view taken by the WFD whichequates lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo with the structureand function of aquatic ecosystems that are similar tothose of the same type under undisturbed conditionsIn contrast the view of systems as multiple intercon-nected networks suggests that they can exist in morethan one stable (ie resilient and healthy) configura-tion (Krebs 1988) It is even possible that ecosystemsthat have become impoverished in species can func-tion well and can demonstrate resilience as a result ofadaptation within populations of generalist speciesas may naturally be the case for estuaries (Elliott ampWhitfield 2011) The possibility of more than one domain of good ecosystem health would seem to beallowed for within the MSFD which for GES simplyrequires ecosystems to lsquofunction fullyrsquo within the con-straints set by the intrinsic environmental conditionsand to lsquomaintain their resilience to human-inducedenvironmental changersquo If each stable configurationcan deliver a set of sustainable services albeit differ-ent ones the issue then becomes that of decidingwhich set is preferred by society

Data requirements

The role of biodiversity in relation to ecosystemfunction and the causes and nature of regime shiftshave become better understood as increasingamounts of data and increasing numbers and lengthsof time-series have become available from a varietyof ecosystems Our proposed method also needs longtime-series to track changes in system state space toestimate changes in variability as a proxy for resili-ence and to seek empirical relationships with pres-sure changes

Although there is potential in remote sensing (Plattamp Sathyendranath 2008 Platt et al 2010) multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets are rare (Ed -wards et al 2010) In general research funding is in-adequate to collect sufficient data over sufficientlylong periods of time to test hypotheses relating tochanges in ecosystem health The relevant time-scaleof variability shown by our North Sea example is atleast decadal (see also Kenny et al 2009) The mosteffective drivers of data-collection on this long time-scale are (1) fisheries management (2) conservationof protected species and (3) environmental protectionlegislationmdashand we suggest that data collected rou-tinely for such purposes might also be used for re-search into the key issues raised in this study con-cerning ecosystem health (Supplement 8) Al though

it may be that the research questions ought to influ-ence the choice of variables observed during theseprogrammes we consider that the holistic ap proachto ecosystems should add little to a programmersquosoverall cost because the extra work re quired liesmainly in the numerical analysis ex emplified in lsquoAnexample of the state space approachrsquo above

Metaphors and models

Data alone are insufficient for understanding andpredicting changes in ecosystem health Complexsystems do not function in ways that can easily beunderstood by common sense nor on spatial or tem-poral scales that map well to human polities anddemocratic political processes Nevertheless societyneeds explanations that can justify the managementof human pressures that act on the holistic conditionof marine coastal ecosystems The idea of ecosystemhealth is in its most general form a way of translat-ing complex system behaviour into a widely andintuitively comprehensible explanation However asLackey (2001) and others have argued the use ofhealth as a metaphor is open to abuse through thecovert insertion of sectional values Thus there is aneed to describe system behaviour in terms that arescientifically sound (ie open to falsification) but sufficiently simple and transparent to communicatechanges in system state and vulnerability to non-specialists That is why metaphors for system resili-ence have been found useful

This is not to deny the relevance and utility of othertypes of models (Table 4) Simple mathematical mod-els with 1 or 2 state variables can demonstrate bifur-cations (Collie et al 2004) the importance of trophicconnectance (Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011) and the roleof boundary conditions (van de Koppel et al 2008)Complex mechanistic models (such as ERSEM Ba -retta et al 1995 Allen et al 2001 Blackford et al2004) mdash in which the model building blocks repre-sent functional groups and the system can be repli-cated on spatial grids to include the effects of granu-larity mdash can provide detailed internal descriptions ofecosystems ERSEM was used to provide the produc-tion data in lsquoAn example of the state space approachrsquoabove Improved understanding of functional diver-sity and functional response diversity (see lsquoOrganiza-tion and biodiversityrsquo above) should help in allowingsuch models to fully represent ecosystem processesand their adaptive responses to changes in externalforcing Complex empirical models such as EcoPath(Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004) for

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

food-webs are useful for analysing incomplete eco-system data in terms of organization and vigour(Ulanowicz amp Kay 1991) lsquoEnd-to-Endrsquo or lsquoE2Ersquo mod-els are viewed both as lsquovirtual worldsrsquo and as fish-eries management tools (Steele et al 2013) and areoften empirical-mechanistic hybrids There is muchwork to be done both mechanistic and empiricalmodels of marine ecosystems have so far provenmore useful for exploring change than for defining astate of good health However new methods allowanalysis of complex ecosystem models For exampleCropp amp Norbury (2013) consider how to find usefulmodels amongst the multitude of possible models inthe lsquoLibrary of Lotkarsquo and Alsterberg et al (2013)used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) to disen-tangle multiple links between causes and effects inresults from experiments with benthic mesocosms

CONCLUSIONS

The concept of ecosystem health can be used togenerate holistic methodologies for the monitoringand management of marine ecosystems but is itself asubject of debate We have attempted to bring thediscussion up to date and to suggest a definition ofhealth that can be used with both empirical and sys-temic perspectives of ecosystems In a European con-text we suggest that a condition of good health inestuarine and coastal marine ecosystems is impliedby the lsquoGood Ecological Statusrsquo of the WFD and thelsquoGood Environmental Statusrsquo of the MSFD BothDirectives have a holistic aim but the MSFD appearsto be one of the first laws requiring a holistic picture

of marine ecosystems because its lsquoqualitative de -scriptorsrsquo can be read as incorporating all the aspectsof organization and vigour that are discussed here

However a potential risk is that the MSFD assess-ments will be summed over descriptors and so fail toprovide warning of changes in the general health ofthe ecosystems in question The rules for combiningmultiple indicators have not yet been agreed for theMSFD but if the lsquoone-out all-outrsquo rule of the WFDis used for the MSFD with its greater number ofdescriptors and indicators then there will be agreater chance of failure (Borja amp Rodriacuteguez 2010)What we have proposed is a method by which resultsfrom monitoring of individual descriptors can becombined to make a higher-order assessment of sys-tem condition Although state space visualizations ofsystem state have been widely used in analyses ofmodel systems there is an element of novelty in ouruse of such visualizations for a real marine systemand in the use of Euclidian distance to track changeand variability Most other studies have used a sta -tistical multivariate analysis method to summarizetrends in multiple variables Our approach (Table 3)is we contend more transparent and also better ableto lead to the identification of stable and healthy ecosystem configurations

Acknowledgements The work described here was in partfunded by UK Defra contract ME5302 to Cefas and in partby the institutions of the non-Cefas authors Opinionsexpressed here are those of the authors and not necessarilyof Defra or the institutes to which authors are affiliated CPRdata were provided by D Johns from the CPR survey data-base at the Sir Alister Hardy Centre for Ocean Study (SAH-FOS) in Plymouth

22

Table 4 Examples of use of models in relation to ecosystem health

Generic type of model Epistemology Simple model examples Complex model examples

Conceptual and metaphorical

Used to explain ecosystem function using lsquocommon sensersquo analogies

Landscape (including cliff and basin) (Holling 1973 Krebs 1988 Scheffer et al 2001) and elasticity (the present study) metaphors for emergent properties such as stability and resilience

Analogies (such lsquoattractorsrsquo) derived from mathematical properties of systems of equations (Ives amp Carpenter 2007) networks (eg food webs based on stomach contents Hardy 1924)

Mechanistic Assembled from quantitative hypotheses tested under controlled conditionsmdashie simulating causation

Lotka-Volterra and similar models (and their predictions about bifurcation regime shift etc (Collie et al 2004 van de Koppel et al 2008 Vallina amp Le Queacutereacute 2011)

Multi-component physically-coupled ecosystem models eg European Regional Seas Ecosystem Model (ERSEM Baretta et al 1995 Blackford et al 2004) complex model parameterization difficulties discussed by Cropp amp Norbury (2013)

Empirical Fitted to data (eg by minimizing sum of squares or maximizing likelihood)mdashie summarizing correlation

Statistical regressions and trends by-analogy models such as that for compliance corresponding to elasticity in the analogue of a mechanical spring

MultiVariate Analysis (MVA) used for detecting regime shift Bayesian belief networks (Langmead et al 2009) network models fitted by parameter estimation (Ecopath Pauly et al 2000 Christensen amp Walters 2004 Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) Alsterberg et al 2013)

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

LITERATURE CITED

Allen JI Blackford J Holt J Proctor R Ashworth M SiddornJ (2001) A highly spatially resolved ecosystem model forthe North West European Continental Shelf Sarsia 86 423minus440

Alsterberg C Ekloumlf JS Gamfeldt L Havenhand JN Sund-baumlck K (2013) Consumers mediate the effects of experi-mental ocean acidification and warming on primary pro-ducers Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 110 8603minus8608

Atkins JP Burdon D Elliott M Gregory AJ (2011) Manage-ment of the marine environment integrating ecosystemservices and societal benefits with the DPSIR frameworkin a systems approach Mar Pollut Bull 62 215minus226

Aubry A Elliott M (2006) The use of environmental integra-tive indicators to assess seabed disturbance in estuariesand coasts application to the Humber Estuary UK MarPollut Bull 53 175minus185

Bald J Borja A Muxika I Franco J Valencia V (2005)Assessing reference conditions and physico-chemicalstatus according to the European Water FrameworkDirective a case-study from the Basque Country (North-ern Spain) Mar Pollut Bull 50 1508minus1522

Barbier EB Hacker SD Koch EW Stier AC Silliman BR(2012) Estuarine and coastal ecosystems and their serv-ices In van den Belt M Costanza R (eds) Treatise onestuarine and coastal science Vol 12 Ecological eco-nomics of estuaries and coasts Elsevier London p 109minus127

Baretta JW Ebenhoumlh W Ruardij P (1995) The EuropeanRegional Seas Ecosystem Model a complex marine eco-system model Neth J Sea Res 33 233minus246

Baretta-Bekker JG Baretta JW (1997) European regionalseas ecosystem model II J Sea Res 38169ndash436

Barnes H (1952) The use of transformations in marine bio-logical statistics ICES J Mar Sci 18 61minus71

Beaugrand G (2004) The North Sea regime shift evidencecauses mechanisms and consequences Prog Oceanogr60 245minus262

Beaugrand G Reid PC Ibantildeez F Lindley JA Edwards M(2002) Reorganization of North Atlantic marine copepodbiodiversity and climate Science 296 1692minus1694

Bengtsson J (1998) Which species What kind of diversityWhich ecosystem function Some problems in studies ofrelations between biodiversity and ecosystem functionAppl Soil Ecol 10 191minus199

Berkes F Folke C (eds) (1998) Linking social and ecologicalsystems management practices and social mechanismsfor building resilience Cambridge University PressCambridge

Blackford JC Allen JI Gilbert FJ (2004) Ecosystem dynam-ics at six contrasting sites a generic modelling studyJ Mar Syst 52 191minus215

Borja Aacute Rodriacuteguez JG (2010) Problems associated with thelsquoone-out all-outrsquo principle when using multiple ecosys-tem components in assessing the ecological status ofmarine waters Mar Pollut Bull 60 1143minus1146

Borja Aacute Elliott M Carstensen J Heiskanen AS van de BundW (2010) Marine managementmdashtowards an integratedimplementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work and the Water Framework Directives Mar PollutBull 60 2175minus2186

Borja Aacute Galparsoro I Irigoien X Iriondo A and others (2011)Implementation of the European Marine Strategy Frame-work Directive a methodological approach for theassessment of environmental status from the Basque

Country (Bay of Biscay) Mar Pollut Bull 62 889minus904Borja Aacute Dauer DM Greacutemare A (2012) The importance of

setting targets and reference conditions in assessingmarine ecosystem quality Ecol Indic 12 1minus7

Botkin DB (1990) Discordant harmonies a new ecology forthe twenty-first century Oxford University Press NewYork NY

Boulding KE (1956) General Systems Theory the skeleton ofscience Manage Sci 2 197minus208

Brown JR Gowen RJ McLusky DS (1987) The effect ofsalmon farming on the benthos of a Scottish sea lochJ Exp Mar Biol Ecol 109 39minus51

Buchsbaum R Pederson J Robinson WE (eds) (2005) Thedecline of fisheries resources in New England evaluat-ing the impact of overfishing contamination and habitatdegradation MIT Sea Grant College Program Cam-bridge MA

Bundy A Fanning LP (2005) Can Atlantic cod (Gadusmorhua) recover Exploring trophic explanations for thenon-recovery of the cod stock on the eastern ScotianShelf Canada Can J Fish Aquat Sci 62 1474minus1489

Burchard H Bolding K (2002) GETM a general estuarinetransport model Scientific documentation Technicalreport EUR 20253 EN European Commission Ispra

Caroni R van de Bund W Clarke R Johnson R (2013) Com-bination of multiple biological quality elements intowaterbody assessment of surface waters Hydrobiologia704 437minus451

Christensen V (1995) Ecosystem maturitymdashtowards quan-tification Ecol Model 77 3minus32

Christensen V Pauly D (1992) ECOPATH IImdasha software forbalancing steady-state ecosystem models and calculat-ing network characteristics Ecol Model 61 169minus185

Christensen V Walters CJ (2004) Ecopath with Ecosim methods capabilities and limitations Ecol Model 172 109minus139

Christian RR Voss CM Bondavalli C Viaroli P and others(2010) Ecosystem health indexed through networks ofnitrogen cycling In Kennish MJ Paerl HW (eds) Coastallagoons critical habitats of environmental change CRCPress Boca Raton FL p 73minus90

Clements FE (1916) Plant succession an analysis of the de -velopment of vegetation Publication No 242 CarnegieInstitution of Washington Washington DC

Clements FE (1936) Nature and structure of the climaxJ Ecol 24 252minus284

Collie JS Richardson K Steele JH (2004) Regime shifts canecological theory illuminate the mechanisms ProgOceanogr 60 281minus302

COM (European Commission) (2010) Commission Decision2010477EU of 1 September 2010 on criteria andmethodological standards on good environmental statusof marine waters Official Journal of the European UnionL232 14minus24

Costanza R (1992) Towards an operational definition ofhealth In Costanza R Norton B Haskell BD (eds) Eco-system health new goals for environmental manage-ment Island Press Washington DC p 239minus256

Costanza R Mageau M (1999) What is a healthy ecosystemAquat Ecol 33 105minus115

Costanza R drsquoArges R de Groot RS Farber S and others(1997) The value of the worldrsquos ecosystem services andnatural capital Nature 387 253minus260

Coulson JC (1966) The influence of the pair-bond and ageon the breeding biology of the kittiwake gull Rissa tri-

23

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 2013

dactyla J Anim Ecol 35269ndash279Coulson JC Thomas CS (1985) Changes in the biology of

the kittiwake Rissa tridactyla a 31-year study of a breed-ing colony J Anim Ecol 54 9minus26

Cropp R Norbury J (2013) Modelling plankton ecosystemsand the Library of Lotka J Mar Syst 125 3minus13

Crossland CJ Kremer HH Lindeboom HJ Marshall Cross-land JI Le Tissier MDA (eds) (2005) Coastal fluxes in theAnthropocene the land-ocean interactions in the coastalzone project of the international geosphere-biosphereprogramme Springer-Verlag Berlin

Crutzen PJ Stoermer EF (2000) The lsquoAnthropocenersquo GlobalChange Newsl 41 17minus18

Cuddington K (2001) The ldquobalance of naturerdquo metaphor andequilibrium in population ecology Biol Philos 16 463minus479

Dakos V van Nes EH Donangelo R Fort H Scheffer M(2010) Spatial correlation as leading indicator of cata-strophic shifts Theor Ecol 3 163minus174

Davis MA Slobodkin LB (2004) The science and values ofrestoration ecology Restor Ecol 12 1minus3

deYoung B Barange M Beaugrand G Harris R Perry RIScheffer M Werner F (2008) Regime shifts in marine eco-systems detection prediction and management TrendsEcol Evol 23 402minus409

Dippner JW Krause M (2013) Continuous plankton recorderunderestimates zooplankton abundance J Mar Syst 111-112 263minus268

Duarte CM Conley DJ Carstensen J Saacutenchez-Camacho M(2009) Return to Neverland shifting baselines affecteutrophication restoration targets Estuaries Coasts 32 29minus36

Ducrotoy JP Elliott M (2008) The science and managementof the North Sea and the Baltic Sea natural history pres-ent threats and future challenges Mar Pollut Bull 57 8minus21

Dunne JA Williams RJ Martinez ND (2002) Food-webstructure and network theory the role of connectanceand size Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99 12917minus12922

Edwards M Reid PC Planque B (2001) Long-term andregional variability of phytoplankton biomass in thenortheast Atlantic 1960minus95 ICES J Mar Sci 58 39minus49

Edwards M Beaugrand G Hays GC Koslow JA RichardsonAJ (2010) Multi-decadal oceanic ecological datasets andtheir application in marine policy and managementTrends Ecol Evol 25 602minus610

Elliott M (2011) Marine science and management meanstackling exogenic unmanaged pressures and endogenicmanaged pressuresmdasha numbered guide Mar Pollut Bull62 651minus655

Elliott M Quintino V (2007) The Estuarine Quality ParadoxEnvironmental Homeostasis and the difficulty of detect-ing anthropogenic stress in naturally stressed areas MarPollut Bull 54 640minus645

Elliott M Whitfield AK (2011) Challenging paradigms inestuarine ecology and management Estuar Coast ShelfSci 94 306minus314

Elliott M Burdon D Hemingway KL Apitz SE (2007) Estu-arine coastal and marine ecosystem restoration confus-ing management and sciencemdasha revision of conceptsEstuar Coast Shelf Sci 74 349minus366

Estes JA Duggins DO (1995) Sea otters and kelp forests inAlaska generality and variation in a community ecologi-cal paradigm Ecol Monogr 65 75minus100

Estes JA Danner EM Doak DF Konar B and others (2004)Complex trophic interactions in kelp forest ecosystems

Bull Mar Sci 74 621minus638Fogarty MJ Murawski SA (1998) Large-scale disturbance

and the structure of marine systems fishery impacts onGeorges Bank Ecol Appl 8 S6minusS22

Foley MM Halpern BS Micheli F Armsby MH and others(2010) Guiding ecological principles for marine spatialplanning Mar Policy 34 955minus966

Folke C Carpenter S Walker B Scheffer M Elmqvist TGunderson L Holling CS (2004) Regime shifts resili-ence and biodiversity in ecosystem management AnnuRev Ecol Evol Syst 35 557minus581

Furness RW Tasker ML (2000) Seabird-fishery interactions quantifying the sensitivity of seabirds to reductions insandeel abundance and identification of key areas forsensitive seabirds in the North Sea Mar Ecol Prog Ser202 253minus264

Garmendia M Revilla M Bald J Franco J and others (2011)Phytoplankton communities and biomass size structure(fractionated chlorophyll lsquolsquoarsquorsquo) along trophic gradients ofthe Basque coast (northern Spain) Biogeochemistry 106 243minus263

Gleason HA (1926) The individualistic concept of the plantassociation Bull Torrey Bot Club 53 7minus26

Gowen RJ Tett P Smayda TJ (2012) Phytoplankton and thebalance of nature an opinion Estuar Coast Shelf Sci 113 317minus323

Gray JS Elliott M (2009) Ecology of marine sediments sci-ence to management Oxford University Press Oxford

Green R Chapman PM (2011) The problem with indicesMar Pollut Bull 621377ndash1380

Gunderson LH (2000) Ecological resiliencemdashin theory andapplication Annu Rev Ecol Syst 31 425minus439

Gunderson LH Holling CS (eds) (2002) Panarchy under-standing transformations in human and ecological sys-tems Island Press Washington DC

Habermas J (1984) The theory of communicative actionVol 1 Reason and the rationalization of society BeaconPress Boston MA

Halpern BS Longo C Hardy D McLeod KL and others(2012) An index to assess the health and benefits of theglobal ocean Nature 488 615minus620

Harding LE (1992) Measures of marine environmental qual-ity Mar Pollut Bull 25 23minus27

Hardy AC (1924) The herring in relation to its animate envi-ronment Part I The food and feeding habits of the her-ring with special reference to the east coast of EnglandFish Invest II 7(3)1ndash53

Hare SR Mantua NJ (2000) Empirical evidence for NorthPacific regime shifts in 1977 and 1989 Prog Oceanogr 47 103minus145

Hastings A (1996) Population biology concepts and modelsSpringer New York NY

Heath MR Beare DJ (2008) New primary production innorthwest European shelf seas 1960minus2003 Mar EcolProg Ser 363 183minus203

Hemery G DrsquoAmico F Castege I Dupont B DrsquoElbee JLalanne Y Mouches C (2008) Detecting the impact ofoceano-climatic changes on marine ecosystems using amultivariate index the case of the Bay of Biscay (NorthAtlantic-European Ocean) Glob Change Biol 14 27minus38

Hering D Borja Aacute Carstensen J Carvalho L and others(2010) The European Water Framework Directive at theage of 10 a critical review of the achievements with recommendations for the future Sci Total Environ 408 4007minus4019

24

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

Holling CS (1973) Resilience and stability of ecological systems Annu Rev Ecol Syst 4 1minus23

Holling CS (2004) From complex regions to complex worldsEcol Soc 9 11

Hooper DU Chapin FS Ewel JJ Hector A and others (2005)Effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning a con-sensus of current knowledge Ecol Monogr 75 3minus35

Hox JJ Bechger TM (1998) An introduction to structuralequation modeling Family Sci Rev 11354ndash373

Hughes TP Bellwood DR Folke C Steneck RS Wilson J(2005) New paradigms for supporting the resilience ofmarine ecosystems Trends Ecol Evol 20 380minus386

Hurlbert SH (1971) The nonconcept of species diversity acritique and alternative parameters Ecology 52 577minus586

Hutchinson GE (1957) Concluding remarks Cold SpringHarb Symp Quant Biol 22 415minus427

Hutchinson GE (1961) The paradox of the plankton Am Nat95 137minus145

Hutchinson GE (1965) The ecological theater and the evolu-tionary play Yale University Press New Haven CT

Ignatiades L Gotsis-Skretas O Pagou K KrasakopoulouE (2009) Diversification of phytoplankton community structure and related parameters along a large-scale lon-gitudinal east-west transect of the Mediterranean SeaJ Plankton Res 31 411minus428

Ives AR Carpenter SR (2007) Stability and diversity of ecosystems Science 317 58minus62

Jackson JBC Kirby MX Berger WH Bjorndal KA and others (2001) Historical overfishing and the recent col-lapse of coastal ecosystems Science 293 629minus637

JNCC (Joint Nature Conservation Committee) (2011) Sea-bird monitoring programme jnccdefra gov ukpage-1550 (accessed Nov 2011)

Johnson CW (2006) What are emergent properties and howdo they affect the engineering of complex systemsReliab Eng Syst Saf 911475ndash1481

Johnson MTJ Stinchcombe JR (2007) An emerging synthe-sis between community ecology and evolutionary bio -logy Trends Ecol Evol 22 250minus257

Kenny AJ Skjoldal HR Engelhard GH Kershaw PJ Reid JB(2009) An integrated approach for assessing the relativesignificance of human pressures and environmental forcing on the status of Large Marine Ecosystems ProgOceanogr 81 132minus148

Krebs CJ (1988) The message of ecology Harper amp RowNew York NY

Kuumlnitzer A Basford D Craeymeersch JA Dewarumez JMand others (1992) The benthic infauna of the North Sea species distribution and assemblages ICES J Mar Sci 49 127minus143

Lackey RT (2001) Values policy and ecosystem health Bio-science 51 437minus443

Langmead O McQuatters-Gollop A Mee LD Friedrich Jand others (2009) Recovery or decline of the northwest-ern Black Sea a societal choice revealed by socio-eco-logical modelling Ecol Model 220 2927minus2939

Lenhart HJ Mills DK Baretta-Bekker H van Leeuwen SMand others (2010) Predicting the consequences of nutri-ent reduction on the eutrophication status of the NorthSea J Mar Syst 81 148minus170

Lenton TM (2013) What early warning systems are there forenvironmental shocks Environ Sci Policy 27 (Suppl 1) S60minusS75

Lindeman RA (1942) The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecologyEcology 23 399minus417

Lovelock JE Margulis L (1976) Atmospheric homeostasis byand for the biosphere the gaia hypothesis Tellus 26 2minus10

Luiten H (1999) A legislative view on science and predictivemodels Environ Pollut 100 5minus11

MacArthur RH (1957) On the relative abundance of birdspecies Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 43 293minus295

Mageau MT Costanza R Ulanowicz RE (1995) The develop-ment and initial testing of a quantitative assessment ofecosystem health Ecosyst Health 1 201minus213

Magurran AE (2004) Measuring biological diversity Black-well Science Oxford

Margalef R (1978) Life forms of phytoplankton as survivalalternatives in an unstable environment Oceanol Acta 1 493minus509

May RM (1977) Thresholds and breakpoints in ecosystemswith a multiplicity of stable states Nature 269 471minus477

McGill BJ Etienne RS Gray JS Alonso D and others (2007)Species abundance distributions moving beyond singleprediction theories to integration within an ecologicalframework Ecol Lett 10 995minus1015

McLusky DS Elliott M (2004) The estuarine ecosystemecology threats and management 3rd edn Oxford Uni-versity Press Oxford

McQuatters-Gollop A Raitsos DE Edwards M Pradhan YMee LD Lavender SJ Attrill MJ (2007) A long-termchlorophyll data set reveals regime shift in North Seaphytoplankton biomass unconnected to nutrient trendsLimnol Oceanogr 52 635minus648

Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005) Ecosystems andhuman well-being biodiversity synthesis World ResourcesInstitute Washington DC

Mitchell PI Newton SF Ratcliffe N Dunn TE (eds) (2004)Seabird populations of Britain and Ireland results of theSeabird 2000 census (1998minus2002) T amp AD Poyser London

Moss B (2008) The Water Framework Directive total envi-ronment or political compromise Sci Total Environ 400 32minus41

Muxika I Borja Aacute Bald J (2007) Using historical data expertjudgement and multivariate analysis in assessing refer-ence conditions and benthic ecological status accordingto the European Water Framework Directive Mar PollutBull 55 16minus29

Nickell LA Black KD Hughes DJ Overnell J and others(2003) Bioturbation sediment fluxes and benthic com-munity structure around a salmon cage farm in LochCreran Scotland J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 285-286 221minus233

Nystroumlm M Folke C Moberg F (2000) Coral reef distur-bance and resilience in a human-dominated environ-ment Trends Ecol Evol 15 413minus417

OrsquoConnor T Wong HY (2009) Emergent properties In ZaltaEN (ed) The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy http platostanfordeduarchivesspr2009entriesproperties-emergent

Odum EP (1969) The strategy of ecosystem developmentScience 164 262minus270

Odum EP (1985) Trends expected in stressed ecosystemsBioscience 35 419minus422

Pauly D Christensen V Walters C (2000) Ecopath Ecosimand Ecospace as tools for evaluating ecosystem impact offisheries ICES J Mar Sci 57 697minus706

Pearson TH Barnett PRO (1987) Long-term changes in benthic populations in some West European coastalareas Estuar Coast 10 220minus226

Pearson TH Rosenberg R (1976) A comparative study ofthe effects on the marine environment of wastes from

25

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Mar Ecol Prog Ser 494 1ndash27 201326

cellulose industries in Scotland and Sweden Ambio 5 77minus79

Petersen JK Hansen JW Laursen MB Clausen P Carsten -sen J Conley DJ (2008) Regime shift in a coastal marineecosystem Ecol Appl 18 497minus510

Peterson W (1998) Life cycle strategies of copepods incoastal upwelling zones J Mar Syst 15 313minus326

Pingree RD Griffiths DK (1978) Tidal fronts on the shelf seasaround the British Isles J Geophys Res 83 4615minus4622

Pinker S (2007) The stuff of thought language as a windowinto human nature Penguin London

Platt T Sathyendranath S (2008) Ecological indicators for thepelagic zone of the ocean from remote sensing RemoteSens Environ 112 3426minus3436

Platt T Sathyendranath S White GN III Fuentes-Yaco CZhai L Devred E Tang C (2010) Diagnostic properties ofphytoplankton time series from remote sensing EstuarCoast 33 428minus439

Post DM Palkovacs EP (2009) Eco-evolutionary feedbacksin community and ecosystem ecology interactions be -tween the ecological theatre and the evolutionary playPhil Trans R Soc B 364 1629minus1640

Racault MF Le Queacutereacute C Buitenhuis E Sathyendranath SPlatt T (2012) Phytoplankton phenology in the globalocean Ecol Indic 14 152minus163

Reid PC Borges MD Svendsen E (2001) A regime shift inthe North Sea circa 1988 linked to changes in the NorthSea horse mackerel fishery Fish Res 50 163minus171

Reid PC Colebrook JM Matthews JBL Aiken J Team CPR(2003) The Continuous Plankton Recorder concepts andhistory from Plankton Indicator to undulating recordersProg Oceanogr 58 117minus173

Richardson AJ Walne AW John AWG Jonas TD and others(2006) Using continuous plankton recorder data ProgOceanogr 68 27minus74

Rodhe J (1998) The Baltic and North Seas a process-oriented review of the physical oceanography In Robin-son AR Brink KH (eds) The sea Vol 11 John Wiley ampSons New York NY p 699minus732

Rodhe J Tett P Wulff F (2006) The Baltic and North Seas aregional review of some important physical-chemical-biological interaction processes In Robinson AR BrinkKH (eds) The sea Vol 14B Harvard University PressCambridge MA p 1033minus1075

Rose GA (2003) Fisheries resources and science in New-foundland and Labrador an independent assessmentRoyal Commission on Renewing and Strengthening OurPlace in Canada St Johnrsquos

Ruardij P Van Raaphorst W (1995) Benthic nutrient regener-ation in the ERSEM ecosystem model of the North SeaNeth J Sea Res 33 453minus483

Salihoglu B Neuer S Painting S Murtugudde R and others(2013) Bridging marine ecosystem and biogeochemistryresearch lessons and recommendations from compara-tive studies J Mar Syst 109-110 161minus175

Scheffer M Carpenter S Foley JA Folke C Walker B(2001) Catastrophic shifts in ecosystems Nature 413 591minus596

Scheffer M Rinaldi S Huisman J Weissing FJ (2003) Whyplankton communities have no equilibrium solutions tothe paradox Hydrobiologia 491 9minus18

Scheffer M Bascompte J Brock WA Brovkin V and others(2009) Early-warning signals for critical transitionsNature 461 53minus59

Scheffer M Carpenter SR Lenton TM Bascompte J and

others (2012) Anticipating critical transitions Science338 344minus348

Schroumldinger E (1944) What is life Cambridge UniversityPress Cambridge

Shannon CE (1948) A mathematical theory of communica-tion Bell Syst Tech J 27 379minus423 623minus656

Sinclair M (1987) Marine populations an essay on popula-tion regulation and speciation University of WashingtonPress Seattle WA

Sinclair M Iles TD (1989) Population regulation and specia-tion in the oceans J Cons Int Explor Mer 45 165minus175

Slobodkin LB (1962) Growth and regulation of animal popu-lations Holt Rinehart amp Winston New York NY

Smith RL (1992) Elements of ecology 3rd edn HarperCollins New York NY

Spencer M Birchenough SNR Mieszkowska N RobinsonLA and others (2011) Temporal change in UK marinecommunities trends or regime shifts Mar Ecol 32(Suppl1) 10minus24

Spieles DJ (2010) The ecosystem idea and ideal In Pro-tected land disturbance stress and American ecosystemmanagement Springer New York NY p 17minus35

Steele JH Aydin K Gifford DJ Hofmann EE (2013) Con-struction kits or virtual worlds management applicationsof E2E models J Mar Syst 109-110 103minus108

Steneck RS Wilson JA (2010) A fisheries play in an eco -system theater challenges of managing ecological andsocial drivers of marine fisheries at multiple spatialscales Bull Mar Sci 86 387minus411

Steneck RS Hughes TP Cinner JE Adger WN and others(2011) Creation of a gilded trap by the high economicvalue of the Maine lobster fishery Conserv Biol 25 904minus912

Tansley AG (1935) The use and abuse of vegetational concepts and terms Ecology 16 284minus307

Tett P Joint I Purdie D Baars M and others (1993) Biologicalconsequences of tidal stirring gradients in the North SeaPhilos Trans R Soc Lond A 343 493minus508

Tett P Gowen R Mills D Fernandes T and others (2007)Defining and detecting undesirable disturbance in thecontext of marine eutrophication Mar Pollut Bull 55 282minus297

Tett P Carreira C Mills DK van Leeuwen S Foden J Bres-nan E Gowen RJ (2008) Use of a Phytoplankton Commu-nity Index to assess the health of coastal waters ICES JMar Sci 65 1475minus1482

Tett P Sandberg A Mette A Bailly D and others (2013) Per-spectives of social and ecological systems In Mokness EDahl E Stoslashttrup JG (eds) Global challenges in integratedcoastal zone management John Wiley amp Sons Chich-ester p 229minus243

Thurstan RH Roberts CM (2010) Ecological meltdown in theFirth of Clyde Scotland two centuries of change in acoastal marine ecosystem PLoS ONE 5 e11767

Tokeshi M (1993) Species abundance patterns and commu-nity structure Adv Ecol Res 24 111minus186

Turner DM (2010) Counts and breeding success of Black-legged Kittiwakes Rissa tridactyla nesting on man-madestructures along the River Tyne northeast England1994minus2009 Seabird 23 111minus126

Ulanowicz RE (1979) Complexity stability and self-organi-zation in natural communities Oecologia 43 295minus298

Ulanowicz RE (2009) The dual nature of ecosystem dynam-ics Ecol Model 220 1886minus1892

Ulanowicz RE Kay JJ (1991) A package for the analysis

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128

Tett et al Ecosystem health

of ecosystem flow networks Environ Softw 6 131minus142Urban MC Skelly DK (2006) Evolving metacommunities

towards an evolutionary perspective on metacommuni-ties Ecology 87 1616minus1626

Vallina SM Le Queacutereacute C (2011) Stability of complex foodwebs resilience resistance and the average interactionstrength J Theor Biol 272 160minus173

van de Koppel J Tett P Naqvi W Oguz T and others (2008)Threshold effects in semi-enclosed marine ecosystemsIn Urban ER Jr Sundby B Malanotte-Rizzoli P MelilloJM (eds) Watersheds bays and bounded seas the sci-ence and management of semi-enclosed marine systemsIsland Press Washington DC p 31minus47

van Leeuwen SM van der Molen J Ruardij P Fernand LJickells T (2013) Modelling the contribution of deepchlorophyll maxima to annual primary production in theNorth Sea Biogeochemistry 113137ndash152

Varela FJV Maturana H (1980) Autopoiesis and cognition the realization of the living Reidel Boston MA

Vezzulli L Reid PC (2003) The CPR survey (1948minus1997) agridded database browser of plankton abundance in theNorth Sea Prog Oceanogr 58 327minus336

von Bertalanffy L (1968) General Systems Theory founda-

tions development applications George Braziller NewYork NY

von Bertalanffy L (1972) The history and status of GeneralSystems Theory Acad Manage J 15 407minus426

Walker B Holling CS Carpenter SR Kinzig A (2004) Re -silience adaptability and transformability in social-ecological systems Ecol Soc 9 5 [online] wwwecolo-gyandsocietyorgvol9iss2art5

Wanless S Frederiksen M Daunt F Scott BE Harris MP(2007) Black-legged kittiwakes as indicators of environ-mental change in the North Sea evidence from long-term studies Prog Oceanogr 72 30minus38

Warner AJ Hays GC (1994) Sampling by the continuousplankton recorder survey Prog Oceanogr 34 237minus256

Washington HG (1984) Diversity biotic and similarityindices a review with special relevance to aquatic eco-systems Water Res 18 653minus694

Weijerman M Lindeboom H Zuur AF (2005) Regime shiftsin marine ecosystems of the North Sea and Wadden SeaMar Ecol Prog Ser 298 21minus39

Winterhalder K Clewell AF Aronson J (2004) Values andscience in ecological restorationmdasha response to Davisand Slobodkin Restor Ecol 12 4minus7

27

Editorial responsibility Christine Paetzold OldendorfLuhe Germany

Submitted April 2 2013 Accepted August 27 2013Proofs received from author(s) October 20 2013

  1. cite74
  2. cite31
  3. cite134
  4. cite82
  5. cite35
  6. cite142
  7. cite90
  8. cite43
  9. cite39
  10. cite94
  11. cite47
  12. cite8
  13. cite150
  14. cite146
  15. cite98
  16. cite55
  17. cite148
  18. cite154
  19. cite63
  20. cite59
  21. cite20
  22. cite156
  23. cite101
  24. cite67
  25. cite103
  26. cite75
  27. cite28
  28. cite164
  29. cite32
  30. cite83
  31. cite79
  32. cite40
  33. cite111
  34. cite166
  35. cite36
  36. cite170
  37. cite168
  38. cite91
  39. cite109
  40. cite87
  41. cite44
  42. cite113
  43. cite115
  44. cite95
  45. cite48
  46. cite52
  47. cite60
  48. cite119
  49. cite123
  50. cite13
  51. cite64
  52. cite17
  53. cite127
  54. cite131
  55. cite72
  56. cite68
  57. cite129
  58. cite80
  59. cite76
  60. cite29
  61. cite135
  62. cite33
  63. cite137
  64. cite37
  65. cite41
  66. cite139
  67. cite92
  68. cite143
  69. cite4
  70. cite96
  71. cite53
  72. cite147
  73. cite151
  74. cite10
  75. cite57
  76. cite153
  77. cite14
  78. cite61
  79. cite155
  80. cite65
  81. cite100
  82. cite22
  83. cite157
  84. cite69
  85. cite73
  86. cite26
  87. cite159
  88. cite163
  89. cite30
  90. cite104
  91. cite77
  92. cite165
  93. cite34
  94. cite81
  95. cite106
  96. cite167
  97. cite85
  98. cite171
  99. cite42
  100. cite38
  101. cite108
  102. cite169
  103. cite89
  104. cite114
  105. cite46
  106. cite50
  107. cite6
  108. cite116
  109. cite11
  110. cite122
  111. cite62
  112. cite124
  113. cite15
  114. cite130
  115. cite66
  116. cite126
  117. cite19
  118. cite70
  119. cite132
  120. cite128